Table of Contents (Hydronic)

Table of Contents (Hydronic) About Us System Modeling Software Multi-Zoning and Energy Cost Features and Benefits Water Products Overview DX Products Overview Accessory Products Overview Equipment Sound Data MAC120 Air-Cooled Chiller Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Capacities Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MAC036,048 and 060 Air Cooled Chiller Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Capacities Circulating Pump Curve Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MHCCW (Ceiling Concealed) 2-pipe Chilled Water with Electric Heat. 1 to 3 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities Electric Heat Capacities CFM and Glycol Adjustments Capacity Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MHNCCW (Ceiling Concealed) 4-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 1 to 3 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities CFM and Glycol Adjustments Capacity Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing Page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 17 34 43 44 45 46 48 50 56 57 74 83 84 85 86 88 89 94 99 100 101 102 113 116 117 118 119 121 122 127 132 133 134 145 147

Table of Contents (Hydronic Continued) MCCW (Ceiling Concealed) 2-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 4 to 5 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities CFM and Glycol Adjustments Capacity Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MHWW (Hi-Wall) 2-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 1 to 3 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities Capacity and Glycol Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing CFFWA (Universal Mount) 2-Pipe Chilled and Hot Water. 1 to 5 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities Capacity and Glycol Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing CWA2 (Air Handler) 2-pipe Chilled Water with Electric Heat. 1.5 to 5 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities CFM and Glycol Adjustments Capacity Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing CWA4 (Air Handler) 4-pipe Chilled and Hot Water 2 to 5 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Chilled Water Capacities Hot Water Capacities CFM and Glycol Adjustments Capacity Adjustment Factors Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing Page 148 149 150 152 153 155 157 157 158 169 170 171 172 173 175 176 181 186 187 202 206 207 208 209 211 212 218 224 225 231 232 233 234 235 237 238 243 246 247 249 257 258 259 260 261 263 264 268 269 270 271 279 280

Table of Contents (Direct Expansion) MHCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX with Electric Heat. 1 to 3 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Capacities CFM Adjustments Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX Only. 4 to 5 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Capacities CFM Adjustments Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MHNCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX with Hot Water. 1 to 3 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications DX Capacities CFM Adjustments Glycol Adjustments Capacity Adjustment Factors Hot Water Capacities Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing MHWX (Hi-Wall) DX Only. 1 to 3 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Capacities Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing FSFCA (Universal Mount) DX Only. 1 to 5 Tons Nomenclature Breakdown Guide Specifications Product Specifications Capacities Installation and Operating Manual Wiring Diagrams Certified Drawing Page 281 282 283 285 287 288 289 300 304 305 306 307 309 309 309 310 316 317 318 319 320 322 323 323 323 324 325 330 341 343 344 345 346 348 348 349 363 371 372 373 374 376 376 377 383 384

Table of Contents (Accessories) Accessories Storage Tanks Expansion Tank and Air Scoop Liquid Solution Bypass Valve Liquid Solution Control Valves Condensate Pump Control Thermostats Wye Strainer Circulating Pumps (1,1.5 & 2 HP) Circulating Pump Curve (1,1.5 & 2 HP) Circulating Pumps (.5 HP) Circulating Pump Curve (.5 HP) Ceiling Concealed Enclosures Sample Piping Banked Chiller Configuration Warranty Information Page 385 387 388 389 391 392 395 396 397 398 399 400 407 408 409

About Us Setting new industry standards is what we do best. At Multiaqua, our commitment to creating innovative air conditioning products has made us one of the most respected organizations in the industry. From concept to market, Multiaqua takes a hands-on approach to ensure that each and every step meets our stringent standards of quality, durability and dependability. All Multiaqua products are designed with the future in mind. That s why all air conditioning products are flexible, which makes it easy to adapt to virtually all kinds of building applications. Whether it s residential or commercial air conditioning needs, Multiaqua has the products to meet or exceed all expectations. Manufacturing Excellence Our beliefs in quality is more than just a practice, it is something we take great pride in. Our quality management system is integrated with international quality requirements of ISO 9002. That is why some of the biggest OEM names in the air conditioning industry use Multiaqua products in their units. In fact, Multiaqua chillers were part of air conditioning system that won first place awards in the Quality Home Comfort Awards Competition, which was created to honor the best in residential comfort system design and application. Our products are tested and certified to the UL, CE, ETL, UL1995 and ARI standards; the most respected and stringent in the world. Experience The Future At Multiaqua, we invite you to come experience the future of air conditioning and see why more and more companies are discovering the new standard of air conditioning excellence. And by combining cost effectiveness, innovation and quality, Multiaqua will continue to provide air conditioning products that will be the most sought after in the world. 1

Multiaqua Makes Hydronic System Design Easy NAME: MULTIAQUA LOCATION: SOUTH CAROLINA 36000 BTU/H 7.6 GPM 24000 BTU/H 5 GPM 24000 BTU/H 5 GPM 24000 BTU/H 4.9 GPM 30000 BTU/H 6.3 GPM 36000 BTU/H 7.6 GPM ICL-2 ICL-3 ICL-4 ICL-5 ICL-6 ICL-7 45 F 55 F 45 F 55 F 45 F 55 F 1" 45 F 1" 55.4 F 45 F 55 F 45 F 55 F 60000 BTU/H 12.6 GPM 55 F 145' 1" 1" 1" 145' 145' 1" 5' 5' 1" 5' 1" 1.5" 1' 5' 1.25" 5'1.25" 1.25" 5' 1' 1.5" 5' 1.25" ICL-1 45 F 100' 1.25" 1.25" 145' 1.25" 1.25" 1.25" 1.5" 145' 1.5" 55 F 117000 BTU/H 9.8 TONS 24.5 GPM (50%) 1.25" 100' 1.5" 1.5" 145' 2" 49 GPM 66.7 FT 2.5" 0' 10' 1" BYPASS VALVE 1' 2.5" 73.1 GAL STOR-1 ET-1 11.5 GAL 2.5" 5' 5' 2" 5' 2.5" 5' 2" 0' 1' 2" 45 F 55 F 45 F CH-2 117000 BTU/H 9.8 TONS 24.5 GPM (50%) CH-1 P-1 Sample Design Shown Introducing System Modeling Software Multiaqua has teamed up with HVAC Solutions and would like to introduce the newest version of the HSS Software. This software will contain a selection model that includes Mutiaqua s Air Cooled Chillers, Fan Coils and Air Handling Units. HSS software will allow you to drag and drop components to design hydronic systems. It includes the necessary piping, piping components and equipment. It is capable of exporting calculation reports, equipment schedules and a bill of material. Visit www.multiaqua.com for software down load. 2

3

Ductless and Ducted Hydronic Air Conditioning & Heating Systems. FOR MULTIZONING FACILITIES Zoning saves energy Better Control of Humidity Separate Climate in each Room 1. More Energy Efficient Thru Zoned Comfort Cooling. 2. Zoning Allows For Diversity. 3. Diversity and Load Calculations Allows For Reducing The Size of The Outdoor Power Plant. 4. Banking Chillers Allows For Huge Efficiencies Thru Staging. 5. Helps Control The Growth Of Mold, Mildew and Fungus. 6. Low Installation Costs. 7. No Refrigerant Handling. 8. No Ductwork No Line Sets. 9. Heat & Cool with the Same Units. 10. No Line Length Limitations. 11. Unlimited Tonnage with Single Phase Power. 12. Easy To Expand System. Think Water!!! 4

Water Product Overview Page 44 Page 9 MAC036, 048 & 060 Air Cooled Chiller 3, 4 & 5 Ton Air Cooled Chiller Copeland Scroll Compressor Technology R 407c Refrigerant Horizontal Air Discharge Stainless Steel Pump Included MAC120 Air Cooled Chiller 10 Ton Air Cooled Chiller Copeland Scroll Compressor Technology R 407c Refrigerant Vertical Air Discharge Two Stages of Cooling Page 84 Page 117 MHCCW (Ceiling Concealed) Chilled Water 2-Pipe With or Without Electric Heat 12,000-36,000 BTUH Available with or without Electric Heat Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet Powder Painted Galvanized Steel Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil Manual Air Vents Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces MHNCCW (Ceiling Concealed) Chilled/Hot Water 4-Pipe 12,000-36,000 BTUH Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet Powder Painted Galvanized Steel Double Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil Manual Air Vents Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces Page 171 Page 148 MHWW (Hi-Wall) Chilled/Hot Water 2-Pipe 9,000-36,000 BTUH High Wall Mounting Attractive Seamless Appliance Design Cleanable Air Filter Provided Wireless Infrared Remote Included Wired Controller Option MCCW (Ceiling Concealed) Chilled/Hot Water 2-Pipe 48,000 60,000 BTUH Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet Powder Painted Galvanized Steel Manual Air Vents Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces Page 233 Page 207 Page 259 CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coil 2-Pipe 12,000-60,000 BTUH Floor, Low Wall or Horizontal Ceiling Mounting Attractive Modular Design Cleanable Air Filter Included Optional Wireless Remote 5 CWA2 With or Without Electric Heat 2-Pipe CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water 4-Pipe Available in 2 or 4-Pipe Configuration 18,000-60,000 BTUH Up Flow, Left or Right Hand Horizontal Installation Equipped with R4.2 Insulation CWA2 in 208/240-1-60 & CWA4 in 120-1-60 Electric or Hot Water Heat

DX Product Overview DX Fan Coils are Compatible with R410a Refrigerant and are 13 SEER Compatible All DX Coils come Shipped From the Factory with a TXV Installed. MHCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX 2-Pipe With or Without Electric Heat 12,000-36,000 BTUH Available with or without Electric Heat Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet Powder Painted Galvanized Steel Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil TXV Provided Discharge May be Ducted for Small Places 13 SEER Compatible MHNCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX 4-Pipe with Hot Water 12,000-36,000 BTUH Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet Powder Painted Galvanized Steel Double Field Reversible Hand of Connection Coil TXV Provided Discharge May Be Ducted for Small Places Hot Water Heating Coil 13 SEER Compatible MCCX (Ceiling Concealed) DX 48,000-60,000 BTUH Ceiling Concealed Design for Clean Installation Removes Equipment from Conditioned Space Heavy Gauge Metal Cabinet Powder Painted Galvanized Steel TXV Provided Discharge May be Ducted for Small Spaces FSFCA (Universal Mount) DX or Heat Pump 12,000-60,000 BTUH Floor, Low Wall or Horizontal Ceiling Mounting Attractive Modular Design Cleanable Air Filter Included Optional Wireless Remote TXV Provided 13 SEER Compatible MHWX (Hi-Wall) DX or Heat Pump 9,000-36,000 BTUH High Wall Mounting Attractive Seamless Appliance Desi Cleanable Air Filter Provided Wireless Infrared Remote Included Wired Control Option 6

Accessories Overview Page 385 Page 387 Page 388 Storage Tanks 20 & 42 Gallon Expansion Tank & Air Scoop Liquid Solution Bypass Valve Page 389 Page 395 Page 391 Motorized Valves 2 & 3-Way Wye Strainer Condensate Pump Page 392 Page 396 Page 398 Thermostats Circulating Pumps Enclosures 7

January 2008 Multiaqua Equipment Sound Levels The following will detail the Sound Levels of the Multiaqua equipment line. Air Cooled Chillers MAC 036, 048, 060 Chillers: 69 dbs (A) MAC120 Chillers: 75 dbs (A) Hi-Wall Fan Coils MHWX-09 / MHWW-09: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 42 dbs (A). MHWX-12 / MHWW-12: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 43 dbs (A). MHWX-18 / MHWW-18: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 45 dbs (A). MHWX-24 / MHWW-24: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 46 dbs (A). MHWX-36 / MHWW-36: DX and chilled water Hi-Wall fan coils: 48 dbs (A). Universal Mount Fan Coils FSFCA-04 / CFFWA-04: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 42 dbs (A). FSFCA-06, 08 / CFFWA-06, 08: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 44 dbs (A). FSFCA-10 / CFFWA-10: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 46 dbs (A). FSFCA-10, 12 / CFFWA-10, 12: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 48 dbs (A). FSFCA-16, 20 / CFFWA-16, 20: DX and chilled water Universal Mount fan coils: 50 dbs (A). Hideaway Fan Coils MHCCX-04 / MHCCW-04: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 42 dbs (A) MHCCX-06 / MHCCW-06: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 44 dbs (A) MHCCX-08 / MHCCW-08: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 46 dbs (A) MHCCX-10 / MHCCW-10: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 48 dbs (A) MHCCX-12 / MHCCW-12: DX / chilled water with electric heat Hideaway fan coils: 49 dbs (A) MHNCCX-04 / MHNCCW-04: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 40 dbs (A) MHNCCX-06 / MHNCCW-06: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 42 dbs (A) MHNCCX-08 / MHNCCW-08: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 44 dbs (A) MHNCCX-10 / MHNCCW-10: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 46 dbs (A) MHNCCX-12 / MHNCCW-12: DX / chilled water with hot water heat Hideaway fan coil: 48 dbs (A) MCCX-16 / MCCW-16: DX and chilled water Hideaway fan coil. 46 dbs (A) MCCX-20 / MCCW-20: DX and chilled water Hideaway fan coil. 46 dbs (A) Disclaimer: Specifications are subject to change without notice. All tests conducted in nonechoic chambers. Sound levels were measured at five feet from the unit. Levels were measured using free air delivery. 8

MAC120 Air-Cooled Chiller Air-Cooled Chillers for Global Residential and Light Commercial MicroClimates 9

MAC120 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN MAC120 - XX - X - R407 10-Ton Air-Cooled Chiller Accessory Options N= No Options L= Low Ambient Kit Voltage 01 = 208/230-1-50/60 02 = 208/230-3-50/60 03 = 380/460-3-50/60 Available Model Numbers MAC120-01-N-R407 MAC120-01-L-R407 MAC120-02-N-R407 MAC120-02-L-R407 MAC120-03-N-R407 MAC120-03-L-R407 10

HVAC Guide Specifications Air-Cooled Liquid Chiller Nominal Size: 10 Tons Multiaqua Model Number: MAC120-01-N-407, MAC120-01-L-407 MAC120-02-N-407, MAC120-02-L-407 MAC120-03-N-407, MAC120-03-L-407 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua air-cooled liquid chillers are designed using scroll compressors and low sound condenser fans. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Construction shall comply with ASHRAE 15 Safety Code, NEC and ASME applicable codes. (U.S.A. Codes) C. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. D. ETL certified. E. Fully load tested at the factory. F. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested air-cooled liquid chiller. 2. Shall be assembled on heavy gauge steel mounting/lifting rails. 3. Contained within the unit cabinet shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, refrigerant charge (R407c), POE oil and special accessories required prior to start up. 4. Brass body strainer with 20 mesh screen and blow down shall be supplied in cabinet as a field installable accessory. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Capable of withstanding 500-hour salt spray test in accordance with the ASTM (U.S.A.) standard. C. Condenser Fans: 1. 4-blade, aluminum construction and shall be dynamically balanced and corrosion resistant. 2. Discharge air at a 45 vertical angle. 3. Motors and blades shall be protected by coated steel wire safety guards. D. Fan Motors: 1. Condenser fan motors shall be single speed, direct drive. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Permanently lubricated sleeve bearings and Class F insulation. 4. Internal overload protection. E. Compressors: 1. Unit shall contain two fully hermetic scroll compressors. 2. Direct-drive, 3500 rpm (60Hz) 3. Compressor motor shall be suction gas cooled. 4. Internal motor protection. 5. Externally protected by low and high pressure cutout devices. 6. Individual vibration isolators. 11

F. Pump: 1. Unit shall be capable of incorporating a field installed chilled liquid solution pump. (Space restricted) 2. Unit shall have provisions to allow for chilled liquid solution piping to the exterior of the cabinet. G. Evaporator: 1. Evaporator shall have two independent refrigerant circuits. 2. Rated for a refrigerant side working pressure of 450 psig and a maximum water side working pressure of 60 psig. 3. Single pass, ANSI type 316 stainless steel, brazed plate construction. 4. Externally insulated with closed cell, elastomeric foam. (ASTM518) H. Condenser: 1. Condenser coil shall be air-cooled with integral subcooler. 2. Two independent refrigerant circuits. 3. Constructed of rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 4. Cleaned and dehydrated. 5. Factory leak tested to 450 psig. I. Refrigerant Circuits: 1. Each circuit shall contain a sight glass, liquid line filter, thermal expansion valve, refrigerant charge of R407c and POE compressor oil. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Chiller shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Capacity control shall be based on leaving chilled liquid solution temperature. 1. Temperature accuracy shall be + - 1.0 F. 2. Controls shall be capable of staging the two compressors. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer to serve all controllers relays and control components. 2. Microprocessor based liquid solution temperature controller. 3. Leaving water temperature thermistor. 4. Pump bypass timer. 5. Compressor recycle timer. 6. Optional fan cycling control for low ambient operation. 7. Chilled liquid solution flow switch. 3.02 Safeties A. Unit shall be equipped with thermistors and all necessary components in conjunction with the control system to provide the following protectants. 1. Low refrigerant pressure. 2. High refrigerant pressure. 3. Low chilled liquid solution temperature. 4. Low chilled liquid solution flow. 5. Thermal overload. 6. Short cycling. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Temperatures A. Unit shall be capable of starting and running at outdoor temperatures from 55 F to 120 F. B. Optional Low Ambient Kit shall allow starting and running at outdoor temperatures to -20 F. A field supplied and installed crank case heater must be used when operating at these temperatures. C. Unit shall be capable of starting up with a maximum 80 F and a sustained 70 F entering fluid solution temperature to the evaporator. D. Minimum 10% Glycol solution is required. For outdoor temperatures below 32 F, reference MAC Glycol Solution Data table. 4.02 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperature. C. Units shall be available in 1 or 3-phase power at the voltages shown in the equipment electrical data. D. Control points shall be accessed through terminal block. 12

Model Number Model Number MAC120 Product Specifications Physical Data Condenser Coil Chiller Weight (lbs) Copper Tubing Diameter Height Length Coil Height Length Width Refrigerant (in) (in) Rows (in) (in) (in) R407c Net Shipping (in) MAC120-01 52.5 48 3/8 3 60 58.25 25.25 104 oz x 2 650 700 MAC120-02 52.5 48 3/8 3 60 58.25 25.25 104 oz x 2 650 700 MAC120-03 52.5 48 3/8 3 60 58.25 25.25 104 oz x 2 650 700 Electrical Data Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Compressor (Qty 2) 13 Condenser Fan Motor (Qty 2) (RLA) (LRA) (RLA) (RPM) Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Minimum Amps MAC120-01 208/230-1-50/60 32.1 x 2 169 x 2 2.3 x 2 900 44.73 x 2 See note 1 MAC120-02 208/230-3-50/60 19.3 x 2 137 x 2 2.3 x 2 900 48.03 See note 2 MAC120-03 380/415/460-3-50/60 10 x 2 75 x 2 1.6 x 2 900 25.70 See note 2 Note: 1. MAC120-01 has two independent line voltage terminations. 2. MAC120-02 & MAC120-03 has one independent line voltage termination. Supply Wire Length in Feet Copper Wire Size (1% Voltage Drop) 200 6 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 150 8 6 6 4 4 4 3 3 100 10 8 8 6 6 6 4 4 50 14 12 10 10 8 8 6 6 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Supply Circuit Ampacity Compressor Copeland Scroll Refrigerant R407c Heat Exchanger Brazed Plate Max Flow Rate 28.8 gpm Min Flow Rate 18 gpm Supply Water Temp 44 Return Water Temp 54 Minimum System Solution Content 50 Gallons Expansion Tank Size 3% of Total System Water Connections 1 3/8" OD Supply & Return Internal Pressure Drop 18 ft of head Maximum Amps 75 x 2 See note 1 65 See note 2 35 See note 2 Multiaqua chillers are designed to operate exclusively with R407c refrigerant in a self-contained, pre-charged refrigerant system. Do not access the closed refrigerant circuit for any reason other than after-sale, after installation component replacement. Routine maintenance and service is to be performed by qualified personnel only. These specifications are subject to change without notice.

MAC120 Product Specifications MAC120 Capacity / Watts / EER* Outdoor Air F 82 95 100 105 110 TONS 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7 KILOWATTS 10.9 11.5 11.5 12.1 12.4 EER 10.35 9.39 9.18 8.63 8.42 * Refrigerant system performance only, pump data not included. MAC120 Glycol Solution Data Propylene Glycol % Water Flow Capacity Min. Ambient Temp GPM Adjustment= 100% Capacity 10% x 1.020 x 0.99 26 F x 1.01 20% x 1.028 x 0.98 18 F x 1.03 30% x 1.036 x 0.98 8 F x 1.07 40% x 1.048 x 0.97-7 F x 1.11 50% x 1.057 x 0.96-29 F x 1.16 Example: 30% glycol solution. Maximum Flow Rate = 12gpm x 1.036 System capacity x.98 *Use Propylene Glycol Only Important If the outside temperature is expected to fall below freezing (32 F) in the area the Multiaqua chiller is to be installed; the installer must take the following precautions. Failure to do so will void the warranty. To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components such as the heat exchanger, piping, circulating pump, etc and or property damage. Keep the liquid solution at a minimum of 10% percent Propylene Glycol even in areas where there is no danger of freezing. The percentage amount of glycol recommended is dependent on the expected ambient temperatures and the solution makeup recommendation of the glycol manufacturer. Refer to the MAC120 Glycol Solution Data table above. Ensure the system circulating pump is in a constant energized mode to keep a continuous circulation of liquid solution. The Multiaqua chiller is a self-contained air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate heat exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes a scroll compressor to circulate refrigerant between the condenser and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermal expansion valve. Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch. Liquid solution (water and Propylene Glycol; minimum 10 % is required) is circulated through the heat exchanger by an externally mounted pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system supply piping and on to the air handlers. Low ambient kits are available for operating ambient temperatures down to -20 degrees Fahrenheit. A field supplied and installed crankcase heater must be installed when operating at these temperatures. The low ambient kits consist of an ICM 325 (+) ICM (175) for single and three phase 208/230 vac chillers. For the three phase 380/460 vac chillers a pressure activated fan control is used. These specifications are subject to change without notice. 14

MAC120 Cooling Performance Data LWT ( F) MAC120 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 7.9 7.6 7.4 7.3 7.1 40 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1 42 9.1 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.4 44 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7 45 9.6 9.2 9.0 8.8 8.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 46 9.7 9.3 9.1 9.0 9.0 28.8 48 10.1 9.7 9.4 9.3 9.3 50 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.6 9.6 55 11.3 10.9 10.5 10.4 10.3 60 12.3 11.8 11.4 11.2 11.1 MAC120 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 7.8 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.0 40 8.7 8.3 8.1 8.0 8.0 42 9.0 8.6 8.4 8.3 8.3 44 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.6 8.6 45 8.5 9.1 8.9 8.7 8.7 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 46 9.6 9.2 9.0 8.9 8.9 28.8 48 10.0 9.6 9.3 9.2 9.2 50 10.3 9.9 9.6 9.5 9.5 55 11.2 10.7 10.4 10.3 10.2 60 12.1 11.6 11.2 11.0 10.9 MAC120 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 7.7 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9 40 8.6 8.2 8.0 7.9 7.9 42 8.9 8.5 8.3 8.2 8.2 44 9.2 8.8 8.6 8.5 8.5 45 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.6 8.6 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 46 9.5 9.1 8.9 8.8 8.8 28.8 48 9.9 9.5 9.2 9.1 9.1 50 10.1 9.8 9.5 9.4 9.4 55 11.1 10.6 10.2 10.1 10.0 60 12.0 11.5 11.1 10.9 10.8 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 15

MAC120 Cooling Performance Data MAC120 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 7.7 7.4 7.2 7.1 6.9 40 8.5 8.1 8.0 7.9 7.9 42 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1 44 9.1 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.4 45 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.5 8.5 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 46 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7 28.8 48 9.8 9.4 9.1 9.0 9.0 50 10.1 9.7 9.4 9.3 9.3 55 11.0 10.6 10.2 10.1 10.0 60 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.9 10.8 MAC120 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 7.6 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 40 8.5 8.1 7.9 7.8 7.8 42 8.8 8.4 8.2 8.1 8.1 44 9.1 8.7 8.5 8.4 8.4 45 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.5 8.5 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 46 9.4 9.0 8.8 8.7 8.7 28.8 48 9.8 9.4 9.1 9.0 9.0 50 10.0 9.7 9.4 9.3 9.3 55 10.9 10.5 10.1 10.0 9.9 60 11.9 11.4 11.0 10.8 10.7 MAC120 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.0 6.8 40 8.4 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.7 42 8.7 8.3 8.1 8.0 8.0 44 9.0 8.6 8.4 8.3 8.3 45 9.2 8.8 8.6 8.4 8.4 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 46 9.3 8.9 8.7 8.6 8.6 28.8 48 9.7 9.3 9.0 8.9 8.9 50 9.9 9.6 9.3 9.2 9.2 55 10.8 10.4 10.0 9.9 9.8 60 11.8 11.3 10.9 10.7 10.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 16

17

Table of Contents Page Introduction 19 System Description & Sequence of Operation 20 Electrical & Physical Data 21 Description of Electrical Controls 23 Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation 25 Refrigeration System Operation 26 Description of Refrigeration Components 26 Piping System Components 28 Layout & Design 29 Banked Chiller Configuration 30 Installation Notes 31 Propylene Glycol Content 32 Expansion Tank 32 Filling the System with Propylene Glycol 33 Air Elimination 33 18

Multiaqua Chiller Manual The Multiaqua Chiller System is the only air conditioning/refrigeration system of its kind in the world today offering the degree application flexibility described in the following manual. The Multiaqua Chiller System is not only unique in its application flexibility; it is unique in superior quality, rated capacities and rugged durability. When installed in accordance with these instructions the system will deliver years of trouble free service. Proper equipment sizing, piping design and installation are critical to the performance of the chiller. This manual is meant to be a how to introduction to piping and installing the Multiaqua Chiller System. MAC120 Chiller Features Copeland Scroll Compressors Advanced Motor Protection Loss of Flow Protection Control Power Transformer Low Ambient Option Integrated Chilled Solution Pump Control Flow Switch Strainer Connection Kit Painted Metal Condenser Protector Grille Dual Refrigeration Circuits and Single Liquid Solution Circuit RECOGNIZE THIS SYMBOL AS AN INDICATION OF IMPORTANT SAFETY OR INSTRUCTION RELATED INFORMATION. Web site information addresses are supplied throughout this manual for piping and accessory information. The plumbing industry also has pressure drop information on ferrous and copper piping systems. The following sections will describe each component and how it functions within the system. Installation information is supplied where appropriate. The piping design section will explain the design and layout the piping system from a how to perspective. Following the examples provided will enable the installer to determine the correct pipe and accessory sizing, as well as equipment location. It is important to know before installation if the proposed system will operate correctly and by doing a formal layout of a new application or review of an existing piping system will make that determination. Throughout this manual the term liquid solution is used in place of water. The chiller circulates a solution of water and Propylene Glycol. It is essential to operate the system with a minimum of 10% glycol. DO NOT OPERATE THIS SYSTEM USING WATER ALONE. For proper liquid solutions mix ratios, refer to page 14 or the glycol manufacture s recommended mix ratios. 19

System Description & Sequence of Operation The Multiaqua Chiller is a self-contained, air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate heat exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes scroll compressors to circulate refrigerant between the condenser and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermostatic expansion valve. Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch. Liquid solution (water and Propylene Glycol is circulated through the heat exchanger by a field supplied pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system supply piping and on to the air handlers. A solenoid-operated, motorized valve or circulator controls the flow of the chilled liquid solution through the air handlers. The valves or circulators can be actuated by a variety of different control schemes. Liquid solution temperature is controlled by a chiller mounted digital electronic controls. A system sequence of operation, individual control description, troubleshooting information and a schematic are included in the controls section. It must be recognized that ferrous pipe may cause acceleration deterioration of the brazed plate heat exchanger and could void the heat exchanger warranty. Cooling load Diversity Equipment sizing for a chilled liquid solution system can utilize Cooling Load Diversity. Diversity is described as the actual amount of cooling needed (heat load) by various sections of a structure at a given time. Conventional air conditioning systems are designed for the highest structure heat load. The conventional system determines and selects equipment based on the peak heat load demanded by the structure. A system sized to take advantage of diversity would determine the heat load by the time of day, building exposure and usage. As an example the sections of a structure facing west, demand more cooling in the afternoon, than sections facing east. The opposite of this is true in the morning, where the east section is exposed to a higher heat load requiring more cooling. Utilizing diversity the chiller system would adapt to the needs of each side of the structure during peak demand by delivering more cooling to that area and less to the areas that do not need it. A structure utilizing a conventional DX system, requires 8 tons of cooling at peak load, could utilize a much smaller capacity system (potentially 4 or 5 tons) if the system installed could take advantage of load diversity, which would supply the necessary amount of cooling to the space, as and when needed instead of keeping a larger capacity available at all times. Cooling load diversity can best be determined by referring to ACCA. (Air Conditioning Contractors of America) Manual J, Refer to the appendix A-2, Multi-Zone Systems. ACCA s Internet address is http://www.acca.org/ Because of diversity a Multiaqua Chiller can serve more total air handler tonnage than chiller capacity. A 10-ton chiller may be delivering chilled liquid solution to 15 or more tons of air handler capacity. Because of cooling load diversity, the building does not need equal amounts of cooling in each area at the same time. 20

ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA The information contained in this manual has been prepared to assist in the proper installation, operation and maintenance of the chiller. Improper installation, or installation not made in accordance with these instructions can result in unsatisfactory operation and/or dangerous conditions and can cause the related warranty not to apply. Read this manual and any instructions packaged with separate equipment required to make up the system prior to installation. Retain this manual for future reference. Separate and independent power supplies and disconnects must be provided. These chillers have separate and discreet power requirements within one cabinet. All power to the chiller must be turned off prior to opening cabinet and or servicing. Failure to properly ground chiller can result in death. Disconnect all power wiring to chiller before maintenance or service work. Failure to do so can cause electrical shock resulting in personal injury or death. All wiring must be done in accordance with the NEC (National Electric Code) as well as state and local codes, by qualified electricians. Product warranty does not cover any damages or defect to the chiller caused by the attachment or use of any components, accessories or devices (other than those authorized by the manufacturer) into, onto or in conjunction with the chiller. You should be aware that the use of unauthorized components, accessories or devices may adversely affect the operation of the chiller and may also endanger life and property. The manufacturer disclaims any responsibility for such loss or injury resulting from the use of such unauthorized components, accessories or devices. Upon receiving the chiller and components, inspect for any shipping damage. Claims for damage, either apparent or concealed should be filed immediately with the shipping company. No liquid other than the solution of water and Propylene Glycol (mixed in accordance with table 6 page 32) shall be used in the piping system. Corrosive environments may subject metal parts of the chiller to rust and deteriorate. The oxidation could shorten the chiller s useful life. Corrosive elements include salt spray, fog or mist in sea coastal areas, sulfur or chlorine from lawn watering systems and various chemical contaminants from industries such as paper mills and petroleum refineries. If the unit is to be installed in an area where contaminates are likely to be a problem, special attention should be given to the equipment location and exposure. Avoid having lawn sprinklers spray directly on the chiller cabinet. In coastal areas, locate the chiller on the side of the building away from the water front. Elevating the chiller off of its slab or base enough to allow air circulation will help avoid holding water in contact with the cabinet base. Regular maintenance will reduce the build-up of contaminants and help protect the cabinet finish. In severe locations having the chiller coated with an epoxy or other coating formulated for air conditioning systems located in coastal areas may be necessary. 21

Consult local building codes or ordinances for special installation requirements. When selecting a site to locate the chiller, consider the following: A minimum clearance of 60 on the service access front, 12 on the rear air inlet and a 60 fan discharge clearance. The chiller can be located out or indoors. If installed indoors there must be 9000 cfm of outdoor air changes circulated through the mechanical room to sufficiently operate the chiller. No ductwork can be connected to the chiller s condenser or condenser fans. If a concrete slab is used, do not connect the slab directly to any building s foundation or structure to prevent sound transmission. Locate the slab on a level surface that is above grade to prevent ground water from entering the chiller cabinet. 60 Fan Discharge Clearance Stated Service Clearances 12 Rear Clearance 60 Front Service Clearance 0 Side Clearance 58.25 60.00 60.00 58.25 Chiller Supply and Return Piping Access 60.00 15 10 13 4.25 25.25 22

Description of Electrical Controls Control Transformer: The control transformer is rated at 24 vac, 40 va (1.6 amps @ 24vac) Pump Bypass Timer: The pump bypass timer is a 24 vac, 3-wire control. When energized the timer will bypass the flow switch for 10 seconds (by creating a circuit to the pump relay), energizing the pump relay, allowing the pump to operate long enough to close the flow switch. In a normally operating system the flow switch will stay closed powering the pump relay in series with the low and high- pressure switches. Should the flow switch open, the timer can only be reset by opening and closing the chiller's line voltage disconnect. Refrigerant System Timer: The refrigerant timer is a 24 vac, 5-minute delay on break, 20wire timer. The normally closed contacts of the timer energize the compressor contactor through the chilled solution control. When the chilled solution control contacts open, the timer delays by opening its contact for 5- minutes before resetting to the closed position. High Pressure Switch: The high-pressure switch is an automatic reset control that senses compressor discharge line pressure. It opens at 400 PSIG and closes at 300 PSIG. 23

Description of Electrical Controls (continued) Low Pressure Switch: The low-pressure switch is an automatic reset control that senses compressor suction line pressure. It opens at 40 PSIG and closes at 80 PSIG. Flow Switch: The flow switch senses liquid solution flow. The paddle of the switch is inserted through a fitting into the pump discharge line. Liquid solution flow deflects the paddle closing the switch. The flow switch is position sensitive. The arrow on the switch must point in the direction of liquid solution flow. Compressor Contactor: The compressor contactor energizes the compressor through the two or three normally open contacts. The contactor coil operates (closes the contacts) when energized by 24 vac. Liquid Solution Temperature Control: The liquid solution temperature control is an adjustable microprocessor based temperature control. This control receives temperature information from a thermistor located on the liquid solution supply line. A liquid crystal display continually indicates liquid solution temperature. The control is mounted inside the chiller cabinet. 24

Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation When powered up, the Multiaqua chiller system energizes the control transformer creating 24 vac control voltage. First the pump bypass timer is energized and temporarily bypasses the flow switch, energizing the pump relay. The pump then starts to move liquid solution through the piping system (in a properly filled and air purged system). The movement of liquid solution from the pump discharge keeps the flow switch closed. After a 10 second delay the pump contact opens, connecting the flow switch in series with the high and low pressure switches. The pump will now run continually unless the power supply is interrupted, or the flow switch opens. If the liquid solution temperature controller is calling for cooling the control circuit is routed through the short cycle timer and the three safety switches (the flow, high and low pressure switches) to the compressor contactor. This will energize the compressor(s) and condenser fan motors. The liquid solution controller will open at the user programmed set point, causing the refrigerant short cycle timer to open it's contact for 5 minutes as it delays before resetting to the closed position. This will de-energize the compressor. Power fluctuations will also initiate a 5 minute time delay. The 5 minute delay allows the refrigerant system a period for pressure equalization, protecting the compressor(s) from short cycling. The chiller temperature controller utilizes a thermistor to monitor the liquid solution temperature change. The temperature is then compared to the set point and differential temperatures programmed into the control by the user. The set point is the liquid solution temperature which will cause the control switch to open. For example: The control set point is programmed at 44 F LWT with a 10 F differential, which opens the controller at 44 F LWT and closes at 54 F. The differential temperature is the number of degrees above set point temperature programmed into the controller. If liquid solution temperature falls to the set point, the controller cycles the compressors off. Chillers are shipped with the control set point adjusted to 44 F LWT and a 10 F differential. Liquid solution temperature set point should not be set below 35 F. 25

SYSTEM FAULTS: Flow Switch Opening: The flow switch is normally closed during pump operation. Should liquid solution flow be interrupted for any reason, the control will open shutting down and locking out the chiller operation. The only exception to this is when power is first applied to the chiller and the pump bypass timer bypasses the flow switch for 10 seconds. When the system is first filled with liquid solution and the pump is started, expect the system to cycle off on the flow switch until all of the air is removed from the piping system. The system will have to be reset by opening and then closing the disconnect switch or circuit breaker powering the chiller. Low Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor suction pressure go low enough (40 PSI) to open the lowpressure switch, the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a refrigerant leak, inoperative thermal expansion valve, low liquid solution control setting, low ambient operation, low liquid solution flow, etc. High Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor discharge pressure go high enough to open the high- pressure switch the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a dirty condenser coil, inoperable fan motor(s) or the recirculation of condenser air. Refrigeration System Operation The refrigeration system is a closed loop consisting of 2 compressors, dual circuit heat exchanger (evaporator), metering devices (TXVs) and condenser coil. The refrigerant circulated is R407c. Hot gas is pumped from the compressors to the to the condenser coil where the two condenser fans pull cooler air across the coil condensing and sub cooling the refrigerant. The now liquid refrigerant flows through the liquid line to the thermal expansion valves, where the refrigerant pressure drops causing the refrigerant to boil at a much lower temperature (34-40 F). The refrigerant leaves the expansion valves and swirls through the plates of the heat exchanger absorbing heat from the circulating liquid solution. The evaporator or heat exchanger is designed to operate with an 8-10 F superheat. The condenser is designed to condense the refrigerant and sub cool it to 10 F below condensing temperature. Description Of Refrigerant Components Scroll Compressor: All Multiaqua chillers feature Scroll compressors. Scroll technology ensures reliable high performance at a low sound level over a wide range of operating conditions. Caution the top half of the scroll compressor operates at a temperature high enough to cause serious injury. 26

Description Of Refrigerant Components (continued) Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger: The "Heat Exchanger" or evaporator is of a brazed copper and stainless steel design. Refrigerant and liquid solution is channeled through narrow openings between plates and flows in opposite directions. The counter flow design and fluid turbulence ensures maximum heat exchange at minimal pressure drop. Thermal Expansion Valve: Multiaqua chillers are equipped with Thermal Expansion valves. The valves feature a liquid charged sensing bulb for consistent superheat at various load conditions. Condenser Coil: The air-cooled condenser coil is of copper tube with aluminum fin construction. The coil is protected by a painted metal condenser grille. 27

Piping System Components Supply Storage Tank: The supply storage tank must be used in the system with less than 25 gallons of liquid solution. The tank prevents rapid cycling of the compressors and acts as a reserve for chilled liquid solution. Supply storage tank must be insulated in the field. Part Number: WX202H (20 Gallon) WX202H (42 Gallon) Expansion Tank and Air Scoop: The Expansion Tank and Air Scoop assembly is used to compensate for the expansion and contraction of liquid in the system. The air scoop eliminates air entrance in the liquid solution. Part Number: 1500/1" Liquid Solution Bypass Valve: The liquid solution bypass valve relieves system pressure from the liquid solution supply to the return as system air handler control are cycled off. Part Number: D146M1032-3/4" D146M1040-1 1/4" Motorized Valve: The air handler motorized valve controls the flow of liquid solution to the systems air handlers. Each air handler in the system should have a motorized or solenoid valve. Part Number: MZV524E-T 1/2" 2-Way Zone Valve MZV525E-T 3/4" 2-Way Zone Valve MZV526E-T 1" 2-Way Zone Valve VT3212G13A020 1/2" 3-Way Zone Valve VT3212G13A020 3/4" 3-Way Zone Valve 28

Composite Piping Layout and Design Understanding the function and friction loss of each part of the piping system is important to the layout and successful installation of a chilled liquid solution system. 1-2- 3-4- 5-6- 7-2-Way Liquid Solution Control Valves Bypass Valve Storage Tank Expansion Tank Coil Chiller Pump The circulation pump is the key performer in the piping system. The pump must circulate the liquid solution through the heat exchanger and piping system to the air handlers. Pumps are designed to deliver a flow rate measured in gallons per minute(gpm). The pump must be able to overcome the resistance to flow (pressure drop) imposed by the chiller components, piping system and air handlers while maintain the necessary flow rates in gallons per minute. Pump capacities in gallons per minute and pressure drop (feet of head) are listed in table 1. An adjustable valve must be used to throttle the discharge liquid solution flow rate to appropriate levels based on capacity and glycol mix percentages. Table 1 Chiller System Data MAC Series Min. Liquid Solution Flow Rate Max.Liquid Flow Rate Min. Liquid Solution Content in System Expansion Tank Size Internal Chiller Pressure Loss Chiller Liquid Solution Content GPM GPM Gallons Gallons Ft.of Head Gallons MAC-120 18 28.8 50 3% of Total 1.85 1.5 Piping resistance or pressure drop is measured in feet of head. A foot of head is the amount of pressure drop imposed in lifting liquid solution one foot. Pumps in the Multiaqua system are designed to move rated liquid solution flow (see table 1) in GPMs. 29

Banked Chiller Configuration Notes: Installing Multiaqua chillers in parallel is recommended. 30

Installation Notes: Piping such as PEX,steel, copper or PVC can be used with the Multiaqua system. Check local building codes for material conformation. Care must be taken when using PVC as the presence of propylene glycol may destroy plastics. Pressure drop data for the selected piping material is readily available and should be used. Should the Multiaqua chiller be installed using existing steel (ferrous metal) piping system, dielectric fittings must be used at the chiller and air handler. The factory supplied wye strainer will capture particles of rust and sediment inherent with steel piping and should be checked and cleaned after initial start up and open a regular maintenance during the life of the system. Any piping used to conduct liquid solution must be insulated in accordance with local and national mechanical codes. Information on insulation installation and application can be obtained from Armaflex web site at www.armaflex.com and Owens-Corning site at www.owenscorning.com/mechanical/pipe/. For future servicing of the chiller and air handlers, it is suggested that shutoff valves be installed at the chiller and air handler(s). If ball valves are used, they can double as balancing valve(s) in the supply piping at each air handler. Chiller shutoff valves should be attached at the chiller connections with unions. The air handlers are to be controlled with electrically operated "slow-opening" solenoid valves, circulators or motorized zone valves as manufactured by Erie controls (www.eriecontrols.com/products/index.htm) A remote thermostat or air handler installed digital control operate the valves. Bypass valves as shown in drawing 1, should be installed between the supply and the return chilled liquid solution supply pipes at a convenient location to the installation. The bypass valve operates to bypass liquid solution between the supply and return chilled liquid solution lines. In the event air handlers valves should shut down, the bypass valve is set to open up and bypass liquid solution between the supply and return lines, relieving pressure and eliminating the possibility of pump cavitations. To adjust the valve, run the system with one air handler solenoid actuated. De-energize the solenoid valve, (at this point no liquid solution will be flowing through the air handlers.) and adjust the bypass valve to relieve pressure between the supply and return piping. Bleed ports will be factory installed on all Multiaqua air handlers. Bleed ports are opened to eliminate air trapped in the air handlers after filling the system with liquid solution and Propylene Glycol and before operating the refrigerant compressor in the chiller. The minimum liquid solution content in the chiller system,(piping, chiller, and air handlers), is 50 U.S. gallons. Estimate the system liquid solution content. Should the system have less than 50 gallons of liquid solution content, a chilled liquid solution storage tank must be installed. The tank stores enough chilled liquid solution to prevent frequent chiller compressor cycles at light load and prevents chilled liquid temperature swings at higher load conditions when the chiller compressor is waiting to cycle on the time delay control. Propylene Glycol must be added to the water used in the system. Propylene helps prevent freeze-ups due to low ambient temperature conditions and low chilled liquid solution temperatures. In comparison to water, Propylene Glycol slightly lessons the temperature exchange in the chiller heat exchanger. However, that is offset by the increased flow of liquid solution through the piping system enabled by the Propylene Glycol. To determine the Propylene Glycol content for various ambient temperatures refer to table 6 page 32. In no instance should a Multiaqua chiller be installed with less than 10% Propylene Glycol content in the piping system. Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty. 31

Polypropylene Glycol System Content vs. Minimum Ambient Temperature To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components, property damage and void warranty. Table 6 Percent of Propylene Glycol to Water Content Propylene Water Min. Ambient Capacity Glycol % Flow Temperature 10% x 1.020 x.99 26 F 20% x 1.028 x.98 18 F 30% x 1.036 x.98 8 F 40% x 1.048 x.97-7 F 50% x 1.057 x.96-29 F GPM Adjustment = 100 % Capacity x 1.01 x 1.03 x 1.07 x 1.11 x 1.16 Ethylene Glycol is environmentally hazardous and not recommended. Inhibited Propylene Glycol ( typical automotive coolant) is not to be used in a Multiaqua Chiller under any circumstances. Dow Chemical's "Ambitrol" family of Glycol-based coolants of food grade Propylene Glycol is suggested. Information on Ambitrol is available from Dow at www.dow.com, search word "Ambitrol". Expansion Tanks: Liquid solution expansion and contraction within the closed system must be compensated for with an expansion tank. The expansion tank used with the Multiaqua system, is a steel tank with a rubber bladder attached to it internally. There is air pressure on one side of the rubber bladder that keeps the bladder pushed against the sides of the tank before the system is filled with liquid solution (illustration above). As the liquid solution heats up the bladder will be pushed further away from the tank walls, allowing for expansion and contracting as the liquid solution temperature changes. By flexing, the bladder controls the system pressure adjusting to temperature variations of the chilled liquid solution system. It is critical that the expansion tank's air bladders pressure be less than the system solution pressure. Air pressure can be measured with an automotive tire gauge at the bicycle valve port on the expansion tank. Bleeding air out of the bladder or increasing the pressure with a bicycle pump will adjust pressure. System must use a liquid solution storage tank if system volume is less than 50 U.S. gallons. 32

Filling System with Liquid Solution and Coolant (Propylene Glycol) Before filling system with Propylene Glycol and water, pressure test the piping system with compressed air. Testing should be done at a maximum of 50 psi.the system should hold air pressure for a minimum of one hour with no leakage. Concentrations of Propylene Glycol in excess of 50% will destroy o-rings in fittings and pump. Water should be added to the system first or a liquid solution diluted Propylene Glycol mix. System that contains 50 or more U.S. gallons should have a tee fitting with a stopcock installed in the return line close to the chiller. The stopcock can be opened and attached to a hose with a female X female hose fitting. In the open end of the hose section (1-1.5 feet long) insert a funnel and pour into the system the diluted Propylene Glycol/liquid solution mixture or add water first and then the quantity of Propylene Glycol needed for minimum ambient protection (refer to Table 6). After adding the Propylene Glycol/water mixture, or liquid solution and then coolant proceed to add enough water to the system to achieve a 15 psi gauge pressure. To measure system pressure shut off the stopcock, remove hose and attach a water pressure gauge. Open the stopcock to read system pressure. Systems that use the Chilled Liquid Solution Storage Tank should be filled at the tee/stopcock fitting in the outlet fitting of the storage tank. Fill the tanks with 10 gallons of water and with a funnel pour the calculated (refer to Table 6) amount of Propylene Glycol into the tank. The amount of Propylene Glycol added should be calculated to achieve minimum ambient protection. After adding Propylene Glycol, fill the system with enough liquid solution to bring system pressure to approximately 15 psi gauge pressure. To measure system pressure shut off the stopcock and attach a water pressure gauge. Open the stopcock to read system pressure. Air Elimination Since we have the system filled we must eliminate the air left in the system. Briefly open each bleed valve at the air handlers and allow trapped air to escape. This will eliminate much of the air left in the system. Next we will start the pump and continue bleeding air from the system. Be sure the chiller has line voltage available to it and set the chilled liquid solution control up to 100 F, which will ensure that only the pump runs at this point. The pump should now start and remain running. Should the pump stop at any time during this process it is an indication that the flow switch had air move across it allowing the circuit to be interrupted. Continue to bleed some air out of the system at the highest locations before resetting the pump bypass timer to get the pump running again. Open and close the power supply switch to the chiller to restart the pump. Continue bleeding air with the pump operating. You may have to start and re-start the pump a few times to complete air removal. If you continue having air entrapment issues, it will be necessary to install a micro bubble remover device. All piping systems should have a minimum of 10% Propylene Glycol in the system even in climates with nonfreezing ambient temperatures. Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty. Liquid solution control valves (solenoid or motorized valves) should be selected for low pressure drop. If a selected valve contributes to pushing your total head calculation to more than 50 feet of head, a larger valve may be needed to bring your total head below the maximum of 50 feet. Liquid Solution Balancing: Liquid solution balancing will require an accurate digital thermometer to measure return line liquid solution temperature at each air handler. Set the chilled liquid solution temperature control in the chiller at a normal operational temperature (44 F) and measure pump discharge temperature with the digital thermometer to check system solution temperature. After the chilled liquid solution temperature has lowered to the set point begin the balancing process. The system must be free of air and each air handler set at a temperature low enough to continue cooling operation (and liquid solution flow) during the balancing process. Begin by measuring the return line chilled liquid solution temperature of each air handler. Begin incrementally closing the supply line balance valve at the air handlers with the lowest return line chilled liquid solution temperature. Continue this process until each air handler has close to the same return line chilled liquid solution temperature. 33

MAC120-3 Ladder Wiring Diagram 380/460-3-50/60 34

MAC120-3 Wiring Diagram 380/460-3-50/60 MULTIAQUA BL 380/460-3-50/60 BK L1 RD L2 BK CON1` BK BK RD WH T1 COMP T2 1 T3 BK BK 380/460-3 TRANSFORMER 24 vac BL YL YL RD BK BL FS LPS1 BL GND L3 WH CON2 BK RD WH T1 T2 T3 COMP 2 1 2 3 4 BK BK HPS1 BK BK TIMER1 BK BK BK WH REL 1 REL 2 BK BK BK 2 TM2 1 NOTE 1 1 2 BL LPS2 BL BL BL 3 4 BL BL DTC 1 NO C DTC 2 NO C BK BL BK BK HPS2 BK 24 vac COM 24 vac WH WH BK COM BK FC1 BK FAN 1 FC2 FAN 2 BK BK 2 TM2 1 RD WH TITLE AUTHOR MAC120-03 380/460-3-50/60 kjg LEGEND: FACTORY WIRING FIELD WIRING CON COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR FS FLOW SWITCH LPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH NOTES: 1.PUMP STARTER RELAY DATE REVISION 09/22/08 0807300029 REV 1 DTC DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER FC CONDENSER FAN CONTACTOR REL CONDENSER FAN RELAY HPS TIMER TM2 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH PUMP BYPASS TIMER REFRIGERANT SYSTEM TIMER 35

MAC120-3-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram 380/460/-3-50/60 MULTIAQUA 380/460-3-50/60 BK L1 RD L2 BK CON1` BK BK RD WH BL T1 COMP T2 1 T3 BK BK 380/460-3 TRANSFORMER 24 vac BL YL YL RD BK BL FS LPS1 BL GND L3 WH CON2 BK RD WH T1 T2 T3 COMP 2 1 2 3 4 BK BK HPS1 BK BK TIMER1 BK BK BK NOTE 1 REL 1 REL 2 BK BK BK 2 TM2 1 FAN CYCLE PRESSURE SWITCH 1 2 BL LPS2 BL 3 4 FAN CYCLE PRESSURE SWITCH BL BL DTC 1 NO C DTC 2 NO C 24 vac COM 24 vac COM FC1 NOTE 2 BL 1 FAN 1 3 4 6 BK FC2 4 FAN 2 1 3 6 BK BK BK HPS2 2 TM2 1 BK NOTE 3 TITLE AUTHOR DATE REVISION MAC120-03 WITH LOW AMBIENT KIT kjg 09/22/08 0608400097 REV 1 LEGEND: FACTORY WIRING FIELD WIRING DTC DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER FC CONDENSER FAN CONTACTOR REL CONDENSER FAN RELAY CON FS LPS HPS TIMER TM2 COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR FLOW SWITCH LOW PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH PUMP BYPASS TIMER REFRIGERANT SYSTEM TIMER NOTES: 1. PUMP STARTER RELAY 2. LOW AMBIENT RELAY #1 3. LOW AMBIENT RELAY #2 36

MAC120-2 Ladder Wiring Diagram 208/230-3-50/60 37

MAC120-2 Wiring Diagram 208/230-3-50/60 38

MAC120-2-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram 208/230-3-50/60 39

MAC120-1 Ladder Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 40

MAC120-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 41

MAC120-1-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 42

MAC120 CERTIFIED DRAWING 43

MAC036,048 & 060 Air-Cooled Chiller Air-Cooled Chillers for Global Residential and Light Commercial MicroClimates 44

MAC036,048 & 060 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN MACXXX - XX - X Air-Cooled Chiller 036= 36,0000 BTUH 048= 48,0000 BTUH 060= 60,0000 BTUH Accessory Options N= No Options L= Low Ambient Kit Voltage 01 = 208/230-1-50/60 02 = 208/230-3-50/60 03 = 380/460-3-50/60 Available Model Numbers MAC036-01-N MAC036-01-L MAC036-02-N MAC036-02-L MAC048-01-N MAC048-01-L MAC048-02-N MAC048-02-L MAC060-01-N MAC060-01-L MAC060-02-N MAC060-02-L MAC060-03-N MAC060-03-L 45

HVAC Guide Specifications Air-Cooled Liquid Chiller Nominal Size: 3, 4 & 5 Tons Multiaqua Model Number: MAC036-01-N-407, MAC036-01-L-407: MAC036-02-N-407, MAC036-02-L-407, MAC048-01-N-407, MAC048-01-L-407: MAC048-02-N-407, MAC048-02-L-407, MAC060-01-N-407, MAC060-01-L-407, MAC060-02-N-407, MAC060-02-L-407, Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua air-cooled liquid chillers are designed using scroll compressors, low sound condenser fans and high efficiency pumps. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Construction shall comply with ASHRAE 15 Safety Code, NEC and ASME applicable codes. (U.S.A. Codes) C. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. D. ETL Certified E. Fully load tested at the factory. F. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested air-cooled liquid chiller. 2. Shall be assembled on heavy gauge steel mounting/lifting rails. 3. Contained within the unit cabinet shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, refrigerant charge (R407c), POE oil and special accessories required prior to start up. 4. Brass body strainer with 20 mesh screen and blow down shall be supplied in cabinet as a field installable accessory. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Capable of withstanding 500-hour salt spray test in accordance with the ASTM (USA) standard. C. Condenser Fans: 1. 4-blade, aluminum construction and shall be dynamically balanced and corrosion resistant. 2. Horizontal discharged air. 3. Motors and blades shall be protected by coated steel wire safety guards. D. Fan Motors: 1. Condenser fan motors shall be single speed, direct drive. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Permanently lubricated sleeve bearings and Class F insulation. 4. Internal overload protection. E. Compressors: 1. Unit shall contain one fully hermetic scroll compressors. 2. Direct-drive, 3500 rpm (60Hz) 3. Compressor motor shall be suction gas cooled. 4. Internal motor protection. 5. Externally protected by low and high pressure cutout devices. 6. Individual vibration isolators. 46

F. Pump: 1. Circulating pump shall be stainless steel with high efficiency enclosed motor. 2. Unit shall have chilled liquid solution piping to the exterior of the cabinet. G. Evaporator: 1. Evaporator shall have one independent refrigerant circuit and one liquid solution circuit. 2. Rated for a refrigerant side working pressure of 450 psig and a maximum water side working pressure of 150 psig. 3. Single pass, ANSI type 316 stainless steel, brazed plate construction. 4. Externally insulated with closed cell, elastomeric foam. (ASTM518) H. Condenser: 1. Condenser coil shall be air-cooled with integral subcooler. 2. One independent refrigerant circuit. 3. Constructed of rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 4. Cleaned and dehydrated. 5. Factory leak tested to 450 psig. I. Refrigerant Circuits: 1. Each circuit shall contain a sight glass, liquid line filter, thermal expansion valve, refrigerant charge of R407c and POE compressor oil. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Chiller shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Capacity control shall be based on leaving chilled liquid solution temperature. 1. Temperature accuracy shall be + - 1.0 F. 2. Controls shall be capable of staging the two compressors. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer to serve all controllers relays and control components. 2. Microprocessor based liquid solution temperature controller. 3. Leaving water temperature thermistor. 4. Pump bypass timer. 5. Compressor recycle timer. 6. Optional low pressure bypass timer for low ambient operation. 7. Optional fan cycling control for low ambient operation. 8. Chilled liquid solution flow switch. 3.02 Safeties A. Unit shall be equipped with thermistors and all necessary components in conjunction with the control system to provide the following protectants. 1. Low refrigerant pressure. 2. High refrigerant pressure. 3. Low chilled liquid solution temperature. 4. Low chilled liquid solution flow. 5. Thermal overload. 6. Short cycling. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Temperatures A. Unit shall be capable of starting and running at outdoor temperatures from 55 F to 120 F. B. Optional Low Ambient Kit shall allow starting and running at outdoor temperatures to -20 F. A field supplied and installed crankcase heater must be used when operating at these temperatures. C. Unit shall be capable of starting up with a maximum 80 F and a sustained 70 F entering fluid solution temperature to the evaporator. D. Minimum 10% Glycol solution is required. For outdoor temperatures below 32 F, reference MAC Glycol Solution Data table. 4.02 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperature. C. Units shall be available in 1 or 3-phase power at the voltages shown in the equipment electrical data. D. Control points shall be accessed through terminal block. 47

Model Number Model Number Height (in) MAC036, 048 & 060 Product Specifications Physical Data Coil Chiller Weight (lbs) Copper Length Coil Height Length Width Refrigerant Diameter Net Shipping (in) Rows (in) (in) (in) R407c (in) MAC036 38 48 3/8 1 49.75 39.75 16.25 84.66 oz 280 283 MAC048 38 48 3/8 2 49.75 39.75 16.25 92.95 oz 292 295 MAC060 38 48 3/8 2 49.75 39.75 16.25 92.95 oz 313 316 Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Electrical Data Condenser Compressor Fan Motor (2 qty) Pump Motor Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit (RLA) (LRA) (FLA) (RPM) (FLA) (RPM) Minimum Amps MAC036-01 208/230-1-50/60 18.4 95 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 28.80 45 MAC036-02 208/230-3-50/60 11.4 77 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 20.05 30 MAC048-01 208/230-1-50/60 22.1 137 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 33.43 50 MAC048-02 208/230-3-50/60 16.4 91 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 26.30 40 MAC060-01 208/230-1-50/60 32.1 169 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 45.93 70 MAC060-02 208/230-3-50/60 19.3 137 1.05 1050 3.70 3450 29.93 45 MAC060-03 380/460-3-50/60 10 75 0.60 1050 2.85 3500 16.55 25 Maximum Amps MAC036 MAC048 MAC060 Compressor Copeland Copeland Copeland Scroll Scroll Scroll Refrigerant R407c R407c R407c Heat Exchanger Brazed Plate Brazed Plate Brazed Plate Max. Head Pressure 50 ft. 50 ft. 50 ft. Max Flow Rate 8.6 gpm 11.5 gpm 14.4 gpm Min Flow Rate 5.5 gpm 6.5 gpm 9.0 gpm Supply Water Temp 44 44 44 Return Water Temp 54 54 54 Min. Solution Content 25 Gallons 25 Gallons 25 Gallons Expansion Tank Size 2 Gallons 2 Gallons 2 Gallons Pump 0.5 HP 0.5 HP 0.5 HP Water Connections 1" S & 1.25" R 1" S & 1.25" R 1" S & 1.25" R Internal Pressure loss 1.77 ft of head 1.68 ft of head 1.85 ft of head Supply Wire Length in Feet Copper Wire Size (1% Voltage Drop) 200 6 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 150 8 6 6 4 4 4 3 3 100 10 8 8 6 6 6 4 4 50 14 12 10 10 8 8 6 6 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Supply Circuit Ampacity Multiaqua chillers are designed to operate exclusively with R407c refrigerant in a self-contained, pre-charged refrigerant system. Do not access the closed refrigerant circuit for any reason other than after-sale, after installation component replacement. Routine maintenance and service is to be performed by qualified personnel only. These specifications are subject to change without notice. 48

MAC036, 048 & 060 Product Specifications MAC036, 048 & 060 Capacity / Watts / EER MAC036 MAC048 MAC060 O/A Temp ( F) Tons KW EER Tons KW EER Tons KW EER 82 2.9 3.3 10.55 3.9 4.3 10.88 5.1 5.3 11.55 95 2.8 3.7 9.08 3.7 4.6 9.65 4.9 5.9 9.97 100 2.7 3.9 8.31 3.6 4.8 9.00 4.8 6.1 9.44 105 2.7 4.0 8.10 3.5 5.0 8.40 4.7 6.4 8.81 110 2.6 4.3 7.28 3.4 5.4 7.56 4.7 6.5 8.68 Glycol Solution Data Propylene Glycol % Water Flow Capacity Min. Ambient Temp GPM Adjustment= 100% Capacity 10% x 1.020 x 0.99 26 F x 1.01 20% x 1.028 x 0.98 18 F x 1.03 30% x 1.036 x 0.98 8 F x 1.07 40% x 1.048 x 0.97-7 F x 1.11 50% x 1.057 x 0.96-29 F x 1.16 Example: 30% glycol solution. Maximum Flow Rate = 12gpm x 1.036 System capacity x.98 Use Propylene Glycol Only Important If the outside temperature is expected to fall below freezing (32 F) in the area the Multiaqua chiller is to be installed; the installer must take the following precautions. Failure to do so will void the warranty. To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components such as the heat exchanger, piping, circulating pump, etc and or property damage. Keep the liquid solution at a minimum of ten percent propylene glycol even in areas where there is no danger of freezing. The percentage amount of glycol recommended is dependent on the expected ambient temperatures and the solution makeup recommendation of the glycol manufacturer. Refer to the Glycol Solution Data table above. Ensure the system circulating pump is in a constant energized mode to keep a continuous circulation of liquid solution. The Multiaqua chiller is a self-contained air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate heat exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes a scroll compressor to circulate refrigerant between the condenser and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermostatic expansion valve. Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch. Liquid solution (water and propylene glycol; minimum 10 % is required) is circulated through the heat exchanger by an externally mounted pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system supply piping and on to the air handlers. Low ambient kits are available for operating ambient temperatures down to 0 degrees Fahrenheit. The low ambient kits consist of an ICM 325 (+) ICM (175) for single and three phase 208/230 vac chillers. For the three phase 380/460 vac chillers a pressure activated fan control is used. These specifications are subject to change without notice. 49

MAC036 Cooling Performance Data LWT ( F) MAC036 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 1.70 1.60 1.50 1.40 1.30 40 2.30 2.20 2.10 2.10 2.00 42 2.60 2.50 2.40 2.40 2.30 44 2.90 2.80 2.70 2.70 2.60 45 3.10 3.00 2.90 2.80 2.70 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 46 3.20 3.10 3.00 3.00 2.90 7.2 48 3.60 3.50 3.20 3.30 3.20 50 3.90 3.80 3.50 3.60 3.50 55 4.80 4.70 4.30 4.30 4.20 60 5.80 5.60 5.20 5.20 5.00 MAC036 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 1.68 1.58 1.49 1.39 1.29 40 2.28 2.18 2.08 2.08 1.98 42 2.57 2.48 2.38 2.38 2.28 44 2.87 2.77 2.67 2.67 2.57 45 3.07 2.97 2.87 2.77 2.67 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 46 3.17 3.07 2.97 2.97 2.87 7.2 48 3.56 3.47 3.17 3.27 3.17 50 3.86 3.76 3.47 3.56 3.47 55 4.75 4.65 4.26 4.26 4.16 60 5.74 5.54 5.15 5.15 4.95 MAC036 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 1.67 1.57 1.47 1.37 1.27 40 2.25 2.16 2.06 2.06 1.96 42 2.55 2.45 2.35 2.35 2.25 44 2.84 2.74 2.65 2.65 2.55 45 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.74 2.65 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 46 3.14 3.04 2.94 2.94 2.84 7.2 48 3.53 3.43 3.14 3.23 3.14 50 3.82 3.72 3.43 3.53 3.43 55 4.70 4.61 4.21 4.21 4.12 60 5.68 5.49 5.10 5.10 4.90 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 50

MAC036 Cooling Performance Data MAC036 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 1.67 1.57 1.47 1.37 1.27 40 2.25 2.16 2.06 2.06 1.96 42 2.55 2.45 2.35 2.35 2.25 44 2.84 2.74 2.65 2.65 2.55 45 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.74 2.65 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 46 3.14 3.04 2.94 2.94 2.84 7.2 48 3.53 3.43 3.14 3.23 3.14 50 3.82 3.72 3.43 3.53 3.43 55 4.70 4.61 4.21 4.21 4.12 60 5.68 5.49 5.10 5.10 4.90 MAC036 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 1.65 1.55 1.46 1.36 1.26 40 2.23 2.13 2.04 2.04 1.94 42 2.52 2.43 2.33 2.33 2.23 44 2.81 2.72 2.62 2.62 2.52 45 3.01 2.91 2.81 2.72 2.62 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 46 3.10 3.01 2.91 2.91 2.81 7.2 48 3.49 3.40 3.10 3.20 3.10 50 3.78 3.69 3.40 3.49 3.40 55 4.66 4.56 4.17 4.17 4.07 60 5.63 5.43 5.04 5.04 4.85 MAC036 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 1.63 1.54 1.44 1.34 1.25 40 2.21 2.11 2.02 2.02 1.92 42 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.30 2.21 44 2.78 2.69 2.59 2.59 2.50 45 2.98 2.88 2.78 2.69 2.59 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 46 3.07 2.98 2.88 2.88 2.78 7.2 48 3.46 3.36 3.07 3.17 3.07 50 3.74 3.65 3.36 3.46 3.36 55 4.61 4.51 4.13 4.13 4.03 60 5.57 5.38 4.99 4.99 4.80 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 51

MAC048 Cooling Performance Data LWT ( F) MAC048 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 2.70 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.30 40 3.30 3.10 3.00 2.90 2.90 42 3.60 3.40 3.30 3.20 3.10 44 3.90 3.70 3.60 3.50 3.40 45 4.10 3.90 3.80 3.60 3.50 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 46 4.20 4.00 3.90 3.80 3.60 9.6 48 4.50 4.30 4.20 4.10 3.90 50 4.80 4.60 4.50 4.40 4.20 55 5.70 5.40 5.20 5.20 4.90 60 6.60 6.20 6.10 6.10 5.80 MAC048 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 2.67 2.48 2.38 2.28 2.28 40 3.27 3.07 2.97 2.87 2.87 42 3.56 3.37 3.27 3.17 3.07 44 3.86 3.66 3.56 3.47 3.37 45 4.06 3.86 3.76 3.56 3.47 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 46 4.16 3.96 3.86 3.76 3.56 9.6 48 4.46 4.26 4.16 4.06 3.86 50 4.75 4.55 4.46 4.36 4.16 55 5.64 5.35 5.15 5.15 4.85 60 6.53 6.14 6.04 6.04 5.74 MAC048 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 2.65 2.45 2.35 2.25 2.25 40 3.23 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.84 42 3.53 3.33 3.23 3.14 3.04 44 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.33 45 4.02 3.82 3.72 3.53 3.43 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 46 4.12 3.92 3.82 3.72 3.53 9.6 48 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 3.82 50 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.31 4.12 55 5.59 5.29 5.10 5.10 4.80 60 6.47 6.08 5.98 5.98 5.68 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 52

MAC048 Cooling Performance Data MAC048 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 2.65 2.45 2.35 2.25 2.25 40 3.23 3.04 2.94 2.84 2.84 42 3.53 3.33 3.23 3.14 3.04 44 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.33 45 4.02 3.82 3.72 3.53 3.43 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 46 4.12 3.92 3.82 3.72 3.53 9.6 48 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 3.82 50 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.31 4.12 55 5.59 5.29 5.10 5.10 4.80 60 6.47 6.08 5.98 5.98 5.68 MAC048 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 2.62 2.43 2.33 2.23 2.23 40 3.20 3.01 2.91 2.81 2.81 42 3.49 3.30 3.20 3.10 3.01 44 3.78 3.59 3.49 3.40 3.30 45 3.98 3.78 3.69 3.49 3.40 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 46 4.07 3.88 3.78 3.69 3.49 9.6 48 4.37 4.17 4.07 3.98 3.78 50 4.66 4.46 4.37 4.27 4.07 55 5.53 5.24 5.04 5.04 4.75 60 6.40 6.01 5.92 5.92 5.63 MAC048 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 2.59 2.40 2.30 2.21 2.21 40 3.17 2.98 2.88 2.78 2.78 42 3.46 3.26 3.17 3.07 2.98 44 3.74 3.55 3.46 3.36 3.26 45 3.94 3.74 3.65 3.46 3.36 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 46 4.03 3.84 3.74 3.65 3.46 9.6 48 4.32 4.13 4.03 3.94 3.74 50 4.61 4.42 4.32 4.22 4.03 55 5.47 5.18 4.99 4.99 4.70 60 6.34 5.95 5.86 5.86 5.57 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 53

MAC060 Cooling Performance Data MAC060 CAPACITIES with 0% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 3.90 3.70 3.60 3.50 3.50 40 4.50 4.30 4.20 4.10 4.10 42 4.80 4.60 4.50 4.30 4.40 44 5.10 4.90 4.80 4.70 4.70 45 5.30 5.10 5.00 4.80 4.80 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 46 5.40 5.20 5.10 5.00 5.00 12.0 48 5.80 5.60 5.40 5.30 5.30 50 6.10 5.90 5.70 5.60 5.60 55 7.00 6.70 6.40 6.30 6.20 60 7.80 7.50 7.30 7.10 7.00 MAC060 CAPACITIES with 10% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 3.86 3.66 3.56 3.47 3.47 40 4.46 4.26 4.16 4.06 4.06 42 4.75 4.55 4.46 4.26 4.36 44 5.05 4.85 4.75 4.65 4.65 45 5.25 5.05 4.95 4.75 4.75 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 46 5.35 5.15 5.05 4.95 4.95 12.0 48 5.74 5.54 5.35 5.25 5.25 50 6.04 5.84 5.64 5.54 5.54 55 6.93 6.63 6.34 6.24 6.14 60 7.72 7.43 7.23 7.03 6.93 MAC060 CAPACITIES with 20% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.43 40 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 4.02 42 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.21 4.31 44 5.00 4.80 4.70 4.61 4.61 45 5.19 5.00 4.90 4.70 4.70 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 46 5.29 5.10 5.00 4.90 4.90 12.0 48 5.68 5.49 5.29 5.19 5.19 50 5.98 5.78 5.59 5.49 5.49 55 6.86 6.57 6.27 6.17 6.08 60 7.64 7.35 7.15 6.96 6.86 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 54

MAC060 Cooling Performance Data LWT ( F) MAC060 CAPACITIES with 30% Glycol ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 3.82 3.63 3.53 3.43 3.43 40 4.41 4.21 4.12 4.02 4.02 42 4.70 4.51 4.41 4.21 4.31 44 5.00 4.80 4.70 4.61 4.61 45 5.19 5.00 4.90 4.70 4.70 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 46 5.29 5.10 5.00 4.90 4.90 12.0 48 5.68 5.49 5.29 5.19 5.19 50 5.98 5.78 5.59 5.49 5.49 55 6.86 6.57 6.27 6.17 6.08 60 7.64 7.35 7.15 6.96 6.86 MAC060 CAPACITIES with 40% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 3.78 3.59 3.49 3.40 3.40 40 4.37 4.17 4.07 3.98 3.98 42 4.66 4.46 4.37 4.17 4.27 44 4.95 4.75 4.66 4.56 4.56 45 5.14 4.95 4.85 4.66 4.66 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 46 5.24 5.04 4.95 4.85 4.85 12.0 48 5.63 5.43 5.24 5.14 5.14 50 5.92 5.72 5.53 5.43 5.43 55 6.79 6.50 6.21 6.11 6.01 60 7.57 7.28 7.08 6.89 6.79 MAC060 CAPACITIES with 50% Glycol LWT ( F) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) 82 95 100 105 110 TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM TONS GPM 35 3.74 3.55 3.46 3.36 3.36 40 4.32 4.13 4.03 3.94 3.94 42 4.61 4.42 4.32 4.13 4.22 44 4.90 4.70 4.61 4.51 4.51 45 5.09 4.90 4.80 4.61 4.61 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 46 5.18 4.99 4.90 4.80 4.80 12.0 48 5.57 5.38 5.18 5.09 5.09 50 5.86 5.66 5.47 5.38 5.38 55 6.72 6.43 6.14 6.05 5.95 60 7.49 7.20 7.01 6.82 6.72 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 55

MAC 036, 048 & 060 Chiller Pump Curve Pump Model Numbers SSP-1 = 208/230-1-50/60 SSP-2 = 208/230/460-3-50/60 0.5 Horsepower 56

57

Table of Contents Page Introduction 59 System Description & Sequence of Operation 60 Electrical & Physical Data 61 Description of Electrical Controls 63 Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation 65 Refrigeration System Operation 66 Description of Refrigeration Components 66 Piping System Components 68 Layout & Design 69 Banked Chiller Configuration 69 Installation Notes 71 Propylene Glycol Content 72 Expansion Tank 72 Filling the System with Propylene Glycol 73 Air Elimination 73 58

Multiaqua Chiller Manual The Multiaqua Chiller System is the only air conditioning/refrigeration system of its kind in the world today offering the degree application flexibility described in the following manual. The Multiaqua Chiller System is not only unique in its application flexibility; it is unique in superior quality, rated capacities and rugged durability. When installed in accordance with these instructions the system will deliver years of trouble free service. Proper equipment sizing, piping design and installation are critical to the performance of the chiller. This manual is meant to be a how to introduction to piping and installing the Multiaqua Chiller System. MAC036, 048 & 060 Chiller Features Copeland Scroll Compressors Stainless Steel Pump Advanced Motor Protection Loss of Flow Protection Control Power Transformer Low Ambient Option Integrated Chilled Solution Pump Control Flow Switch Strainer Connection Kit Painted Metal Condenser Protector Grille Single Refrigeration Circuits and Single Liquid Solution Circuit RECOGNIZE THIS SYMBOL AS AN INDICATION OF IMPORTANT SAFETY OR INSTRUCTION RELATED INFORMATION. Web site information addresses are supplied throughout this manual for piping and accessory information. The plumbing industry also has pressure drop information on ferrous and copper piping systems. The following sections will describe each component and how it functions within the system. Installation information is supplied where appropriate. The piping design section will explain the design and layout the piping system from a how to perspective. Following the examples provided will enable the installer to determine the correct pipe and accessory sizing, as well as equipment location. It is important to know before installation if the proposed system will operate correctly and by doing a formal layout of a new application or review of an existing piping system will make that determination. Throughout this manual the term liquid solution is used in place of water. The chiller circulates a solution of water and Propylene Glycol. It is essential to operate the system with a minimum of 10% glycol. DO NOT OPERATE THIS SYSTEM USING WATER ALONE. For proper liquid solutions mix ratios, refer to table 6, page 72 or the glycol manufacture s recommended mix ratios. 59

System Description & Sequence of Operation The Multiaqua Chiller is a self-contained, air-cooled condenser, coupled with an insulated brazed plate heat exchanger (evaporator). The system utilizes a scroll compressor to circulate refrigerant between the condenser and heat exchanger. The refrigerant is metered into the heat exchanger with a thermostatic expansion valve. Protecting the system are high and low pressure switches as well as a pump flow switch. Liquid solution (water and propylene glycol) is circulated through the heat exchanger by a factory supplied internal pump. The liquid solution flows through the heat exchanger to the system supply piping and on to the air handlers. A solenoid-operated, motorized valve or circulator controls the flow of the chilled liquid solution through the air handlers. The valves or circulators can be actuated by a variety of different control schemes. Liquid solution temperature is controlled by a chiller mounted digital electronic controls. A system sequence of operation, individual control description, troubleshooting information and a schematic are included in the controls section. It must be recognized that ferrous pipe may cause acceleration deterioration of the brazed plate heat exchanger and could void the heat exchanger warranty. Cooling Diversity Load Equipment sizing for a chilled liquid solution system can utilize Cooling Load Diversity. Diversity is described as the actual amount of cooling needed (heat load) by various sections of a structure at a given time. Conventional air conditioning systems are designed for the highest structure heat load. The conventional system determines and selects equipment based on the peak heat load demanded by the structure. A system sized to take advantage of diversity would determine the heat load by the time of day, building exposure and usage. As an example the sections of a structure facing west, demand more cooling in the afternoon, than sections facing east. The opposite of this is true in the morning, where the east section is exposed to a higher heat load requiring more cooling. Utilizing diversity the chiller system would adapt to the needs of each side of the structure during peak demand by delivering more cooling to that area and less to the areas that do not need it. A structure utilizing a conventional DX system, requires 8 tons of cooling at peak load, could utilize a much smaller capacity system (potentially 4 or 5 tons) if the system installed could take advantage of load diversity, which would supply the necessary amount of cooling to the space, as and when needed instead of keeping a larger capacity available at all times. Cooling load diversity can best be determined by referring to ACCA. (Air Conditioning Contractors of America) Manual J, Refer to the appendix A-2, Multi-Zone Systems. ACCA s Internet address is http://www.acca.org/ Because of diversity a Multiaqua Chiller can serve more total air handler tonnage than chiller capacity. For example, a 5-ton chiller may be delivering chilled liquid solution to 7 or more tons of air handler capacity. Because of cooling load diversity, the building does not need equal amounts of cooling in each area at the same time. 60

ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA The information contained in this manual has been prepared to assist in the proper installation, operation and maintenance of the chiller. Improper installation, or installation not made in accordance with these instructions can result in unsatisfactory operation and/or dangerous conditions and can cause the related warranty not to apply. Read this manual and any instructions packaged with separate equipment required to make up the system prior to installation. Retain this manual for future reference. Separate and independent power supplies and disconnects must be provided. These chillers have separate and discreet power requirements within one cabinet. All power to the chiller must be turned off prior to opening cabinet and or servicing. Failure to properly ground chiller can result in death. Disconnect all power wiring to chiller before maintenance or service work. Failure to do so can cause electrical shock resulting in personal injury or death. All wiring must be done in accordance with the NEC (National Electric Code) as well as state and local codes, by qualified electricians. Product warranty does not cover any damages or defect to the chiller caused by the attachment or use of any components, accessories or devices (other than those authorized by the manufacturer) into, onto or in conjunction with the chiller. You should be aware that the use of unauthorized components, accessories or devices may adversely affect the operation of the chiller and may also endanger life and property. The manufacturer disclaims any responsibility for such loss or injury resulting from the use of such unauthorized components, accessories or devices. Upon receiving the chiller and components, inspect for any shipping damage. Claims for damage, either apparent or concealed should be filed immediately with the shipping company. No liquid other than the solution of water and propylene glycol (mixed in accordance with table 6) shall be used in the piping system. Corrosive environments may subject metal parts of the chiller to rust and deteriorate. The oxidation could shorten the chiller s useful life. Corrosive elements include salt spray, fog or mist in sea coastal areas, sulfur or chlorine from lawn watering systems and various chemical contaminants from industries such as paper mills and petroleum refineries. If the unit is to be installed in an area where contaminates are likely to be a problem, special attention should be given to the equipment location and exposure. Avoid having lawn sprinklers spray directly on the chiller cabinet. In coastal areas, locate the chiller on the side of the building away from the water front. Elevating the chiller off of its slab or base enough to allow air circulation will help avoid holding water in contact with the cabinet base. Regular maintenance will reduce the build-up of contaminants and help protect the cabinet finish. In severe locations having the chiller coated with an epoxy or other coating formulated for air conditioning systems located in coastal areas may be necessary. 61

Consult local building codes or ordinances for special installation requirements. When selecting a site to locate the chiller, consider the following: A minimum clearance of 60 on the front fan discharge, 12 on the rear air inlet and a 24 clearance is required on the service side. The chiller can be located out or indoors. If installed indoors there must be 4500 cfm of outdoor air changes circulated through the mechanical room to sufficiently operate the chiller. No ductwork can be connected to the chiller s condenser or condenser fans. If a concrete slab is used, do not connect the slab directly to any building s foundation or structure to prevent sound transmission. Locate the slab on a level surface that is above grade to prevent ground water from entering the chiller cabinet. Stated Service Clearances 12 Rear Clearance 60 Front Fan Discharge Clearance 24 Side Service Clearance Return Liquid Solution Connection Service Access Electrical Connection Supply Liquid Solution Connection 62

Description of Electrical Controls Control Transformer: The control transformer is rated at 24 vac, 40 va (1.6 amps @ 24vac) Pump Bypass Timer: The pump bypass timer is a 24 vac, 3-wire control. When energized the timer will bypass the flow switch for 10 seconds (by creating a circuit to the pump relay), energizing the pump relay, allowing the pump to operate long enough to close the flow switch. In a normally operating system the flow switch will stay closed powering the pump relay in series with the low and high- pressure switches. Should the flow switch open, the timer can only be reset by opening and closing the chiller's line voltage disconnect. Refrigerant System Timer: The refrigerant timer is a 24 vac, 5-minute delay on break, 20wire timer. The normally closed contacts of the timer energize the compressor contactor through the chilled solution control. When the chilled solution control contacts open, the timer delays by opening its contact for 5- minutes before resetting to the closed position. High Pressure Switch: The high-pressure switch is an automatic reset control that senses compressor discharge line pressure. It opens at 400 PSIG and closes at 300 PSIG. 63

Description of Electrical Controls (continued) Low Pressure Switch: The low-pressure switch is an automatic reset control that senses compressor suction line pressure. It opens at 40 PSIG and closes at 80 PSIG. Flow Switch: The flow switch senses liquid solution flow. The paddle of the switch is inserted through a fitting into the pump discharge line. Liquid solution flow deflects the paddle closing the switch. The flow switch is position sensitive. The arrow on the switch must point in the direction of liquid solution flow. Compressor Contactor: The compressor contactor energizes the compressor through the two or three normally open contacts. The contactor coil operates (closes the contacts) when energized by 24 vac. Pump Relay / Contactor: The pump relay energizes the pump through a normally open contact. The pump relay coil operates (closes the contact) when energized by 24 vac. 64

Description of Electrical Controls (continued) Liquid Solution Temperature Control: The liquid solution temperature control is an adjustable microprocessor based temperature control. This control receives temperature information from a thermistor located on the liquid solution supply line. A liquid crystal display continually indicates liquid solution temperature. The control is mounted inside the chiller cabinet. Chiller Controls Sequence of Operation When powered up the Multiaqua chiller system energizes the control transformer creating 24 vac control voltage. First the pump bypass timer is energized and temporarily bypasses the flow switch, energizing the pump relay. The pump then starts to move liquid solution through the piping system (in a properly filled and air purged system). The movement of liquid solution from the pump discharge keeps the flow switch closed. After a 10 second delay the pump contact opens, connecting the flow switch in series with the high and low pressure switches. The pump will now run continually unless the power supply is interrupted, or the flow switch opens. If the liquid solution temperature controller is calling for cooling the control circuit is routed through the short cycle timer and the three safety switches (the flow, high and low pressure switches) to the compressor contactor. This will energize the compressor(s) and condenser fan motors. The liquid solution controller will open at the user programmed set point, causing the refrigerant short cycle timer to open it's contact for 5 minutes as it delays before resetting to the closed position. This will de-energize the compressor. Power fluctuations will also initiate a 5 minute time delay. The 5 minute delay allows the refrigerant system a period for pressure equalization, protecting the compressor(s) from short cycling. The chiller temperature controller utilizes a thermistor to monitor the liquid solution temperature change. The temperature is then compared to the set point and differential temperatures programmed into the control by the user. The set point is the liquid solution temperature which will cause the control switch to open. For example: The control set point is programmed at 44 F LWT with a 10 F differential, which opens the controller at 44 F LWT and closes at 54 F. The differential temperature is the number of degrees above set point temperature programmed into the controller. If liquid solution temperature falls to the set point, the controller cycles the compressors off. Chillers are shipped with the control set point adjusted to 44 F LWT and a 10 F differential. Liquid solution temperature set point should not be set below 35 F. 65

SYSTEM FAULTS: Flow Switch Opening: The flow switch is normally closed during pump operation. Should liquid solution flow be interrupted for any reason the control will open shutting down and locking out the chiller operation. The only exception to this is when power is first applied to the chiller and the pump bypass timer bypasses the flow switch for 10 seconds. When the system is first filled with liquid solution and the pump is started, expect the system to cycle off on th flow switch, until all of the air is removed from the piping system. The system will have to be reset by opening and then closing the disconnect switch or circuit breaker powering the chiller. Low Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor suction pressure go low enough (40 PSI) to open the lowpressure switch, the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a refrigerant leak, inoperative thermal expansion valve, low liquid solution control setting, low ambient operation, low liquid solution flow, etc. High Pressure Switch Opening: Should the compressor discharge pressure go high enough to open the high- pressure switch, the compressor and condenser fan motors will shut down. Check for a dirty condenser coil, inoperable fan motor(s) or the recirculation of condenser air. Refrigeration System Operation The refrigeration system is a closed loop consisting of 1 compressor, single circuit heat exchanger (evaporator), metering device (TXV) and condenser coil. The refrigerant circulated is R407c. Hot gas is pumped from the compressors to the to the condenser coil where the two condenser fans pull cooler air across the coil condensing and sub cooling the refrigerant. The now liquid refrigerant flows through the liquid line to the thermal expansion valves, where the refrigerant pressure drops causing the refrigerant to boil at a much lower temperature (34-40 F). The refrigerant leaves the expansion valves and swirls through the plates of the heat exchanger absorbing heat from the circulating liquid solution. The evaporator or heat exchanger is designed to operate with an 8-10 F superheat. The condenser is designed to condense the refrigerant and sub cool it to 10 F below condensing temperature. Description Of Refrigerant Components Scroll Compressor: All Multiaqua chillers feature Scroll compressors. Scroll technology ensures reliable high performance at a low sound level over a wide range of operating conditions. Caution the top half of the scroll compressor operates at a temperature high enough to cause serious injury. 66

Description Of Refrigerant Components (continued) Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger: The "Heat Exchanger" or evaporator is of a brazed copper and stainless steel design. Refrigerant and liquid solution is channeled through narrow openings between plates and flows in opposite directions. The counter flow design and fluid turbulence ensures maximum heat exchange at minimal pressure drop. Thermal Expansion Valve: Multiaqua chillers are equipped with Thermal Expansion valves. The valves feature a liquid charged sensing bulb for consistent superheat at various load conditions. Condenser Coil: The air-cooled condenser coil is of copper tube with aluminum fin construction. The coil is protected by a painted metal condenser grille. 67

Piping System Components Supply Storage Tank: The supply storage tank must be used in the system with less than 25 gallons of liquid solution. The tank prevents rapid cycling of the compressors and acts as a reserve for chilled liquid solution. Supply storage tank must be insulated in the field. Part Number: WX202H (20 Gallon) WX202H (42 Gallon) Expansion Tank and Air Scoop: The Expansion Tank and Air Scoop assembly is used to compensate for the expansion and contraction of liquid in the system. The air scoop eliminates air entrance in the liquid solution. Part Number: 1500/1" Liquid Solution Bypass Valve: The liquid solution bypass valve relieves system pressure from the liquid solution supply to the return as system air handler control are cycled off. Part Number: D146M1032-3/4" D146M1040-1 1/4" Motorized Valve: The air handler motorized valve controls the flow of liquid solution' to the systems air handlers. Each air handler in the system should have a motorized or solenoid valve. Part Number: MZV524E-T 1/2" 2-Way Zone Valve MZV525E-T 3/4" 2-Way Zone Valve MZV526E-T 1" 2-Way Zone Valve VT3212G13A020 1/2" 3-Way Zone Valve VT3212G13A020 3/4" 3-Way Zone Valve 68

Composite Piping Layout and Design Understanding the function and friction loss of each part of the piping system is important to the layout and successful installation of a chilled liquid solution system. 1-2- 3-4- 5-6- 7- The circulation pump is the key performer in the piping system. The pump must circulate the liquid solution through the heat exchanger and piping system to the air handlers. Pumps are designed to deliver a flow rate measured in gallons per minute(gpm). The pump must be able to overcome the resistance to flow (pressure drop) imposed by the chiller components, piping system and air handlers while maintain the necessary flow rates in gallons per minute. Pump capacities in gallons per minute and pressure drop (feet of head) are listed in table 1. Banked Chiller Configuration 2-Way Liquid Solution Control Valves Bypass Valve Storage Tank Expansion Tank Coil Chiller Pump Notes: Installing Multiaqua chillers in parallel is recommended. 69

An adjustable valve must be used to throttle the discharge liquid solution flow rate to appropriate levels based on capacity and glycol mix percentages. Compressor Refrigerant Heat Exchanger Max.Head Pressure Max Flow rate Min Flow Rate Supply Water Temp Return Water Temp Min Solution Content Expansion Tank Size Pump Water Connections Internal Pressure Loss MAC036 Copeland Scroll R407c Brazed Plate 50 ft 8.6 gpm 5.5 gpm 44 55 25 Gallons 2 Gallons 0.5 HP 1" Supply & 1.25 Return 1.77 ft of hd MAC048 Copeland Scroll R407c Brazed late 50 ft 11.5 gpm 6.5 gpm 44 55 25 Gallons 2 Gallons 0.5 HP 1" Supply & 1.25" Return 1.68 ft of head MAC060 Copeland Scroll R407c Brazed Plate 50 ft 14.4 gpm 9.0 gpm 44 55 25 gallons 2 Gallons 0.5 HP 1"Supply & 1.25" Return 1.68 ft of head Piping resistance or pressure drop is measured in feet of head. A foot of head is the amount of pressure drop imposed in lifting liquid solution one foot. Pumps in the Multiaqua system are designed to move rated liquid solution flow in GPMs. 70

Installation Notes: Piping such as PEX, steel, copper or PVC can be used with the Multiaqua system. Check local building codes for material conformation. Care must be taken when using PVC as the presence of propylene glycol may destroy plastics. Pressure drop data for the selected piping material is readily available and should be used. Should the Multiaqua chiller be installed using existing steel (ferrous metal) piping system, dielectric fittings must be used at the chiller and air handler. The factory supplied wye strainer will capture particles of rust and sediment inherent with steel piping and should be checked and cleaned after initial start up and open a regular maintenance during the life of the system. Any piping used to conduct liquid solution must be insulated in accordance with local and national mechanical codes. Information on insulation installation and application can be obtained from Armaflex web site at www.armaflex.com and Owens-Corning site at www.owenscorning.com/mechanical/pipe/. For future servicing of the chiller and air handlers, it is suggested that shutoff valves be installed at the chiller and air handler (s). If ball valves are used, they can double as balancing valve (s) in the supply piping at each air handler. Chiller shutoff valves should be attached at the chiller connections with unions. The air handlers are to be controlled with electrically operated "slow-opening" solenoid valves, circulators or motorized zone valves as manufactured by Erie controls (www.eriecontrols.com/products/index.htm) A remote thermostat or air handler installed digital control operates the valves. Bypass valves as shown in drawing 1, should be installed between the supply and the return chilled liquid solution supply pipes at a convenient location to the installation. The bypass valve operates to bypass liquid solutio between the supply and return chilled liquid solution lines. In the event air handlers valves should shut down, the bypass valve is set to open up and bypass liquid solution between the supply and return lines, relieving pressure and eliminating the possibility of pump cavitations. To adjust the valve, run the system with one air handler solenoid actuated. De-energize the solenoid valve, (at this point no liquid solution will be flowing through the air handlers.) and adjust the bypass valve to relieve pressure between the supply and return piping. Bleed ports will be factory installed on all Multiaqua air handlers. Bleed ports are opened to eliminate air trapped in the air handlers after filling the system with liquid solution and Propylene Glycol, and before operating the refrigerant compressor in the chiller. The minimum liquid solution content in the chiller system, (piping, chiller, and air handlers), is 25 U.S. gallons. Estimate the system liquid solution content. Should the system have less than 50 gallons of liquid solution content, a chilled liquid solution storage tank must be installed. The tank stores enough chilled liquid solution to prevent frequent chiller compressor cycles at light load and prevents chilled liquid temperature swings at higher load conditions when the chiller compressor is waiting to cycle on the time delay control. Propylene Glycol must be added to the water used in the system. Propylene helps prevent freeze-ups due to low ambient temperature conditions and low chilled liquid solution temperatures. In comparison to water, Propylene Glycol slightly lessons the temperature exchange in the chiller heat exchanger. However, that is offset by the increased flow of liquid solution through the piping system enabled by the Propylene Glycol. To determine the Propylene Glycol content for various ambient temperatures refer to table 6 page 72. In no instance should a Multiaqua chiller be installed with less than 10% Propylene Glycol content in the piping system. Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty. 71

To not engage in cold ambient mitigation will result in the failure of components, property damage and void warranty. Table 6 Polypropylene Glycol System Content vs. Minimum Ambient Temperature Propylene Water Min. Ambient Capacity Glycol % Flow Temperature 10% x 1.020 x.99 26 F 20% x 1.028 x.98 18 F 30% x 1.036 x.98 8 F 40% x 1.048 x.97-7 F 50% x 1.057 x.96-29 F GPM Adjustment = 100 % Capacity x 1.01 x 1.03 x 1.07 x 1.11 x 1.16 Ethylene Glycol is environmentally hazardous and not recommended. Inhibited Propylene Glycol ( typical automotive coolant) is not to be used in a Multiaqua Chiller under any circumstances. Dow Chemical's "Ambitrol" family of Glycol-based coolants of food grade Propylene Glycol is suggested. Information on Ambitrol is available from Dow at www.dow.com, search word "Ambitrol". Expansion Tanks: Liquid solution expansion and contraction within the closed system must be compensated for with an expansion tank. The expansion tank used with the Multiaqua system, is a steel tank with a rubber bladder attached to it internally. There is air pressure on one side of the rubber bladder that keeps the bladder pushed against the sides of the tank before the system is filled with liquid solution (illustration above). As the liquid solution heats up the bladder, will be pushed further away from the tank walls, allowing for expansion and contracting as the liquid solution temperature changes. By flexing, the bladder controls the system pressure adjusting to temperature variations of the chilled liquid solution system. It is critical that the expansion tank's air bladder pressure be less than the system solution pressure. Air pressure can be measured with an automotive tire gauge at the bicycle valve port on the expansion tank. Bleeding air out of the bladder or increasing the pressure with a bicycle pump will adjust pressure. System must use a liquid solution storage tank if system volume is less than 50 U.S. gallons. 72

Filling System with Liquid Solution and Coolant (Propylene Glycol) Concentrations of Propylene Glycol in excess of 50% will destroy o-rings in fittings and pump. Water should be added to the system first or a liquid solution diluted Propylene Glycol mix. Before filling system with Propylene Glycol and water, pressure test the piping system with compressed air. Testing should be done at a minimum of 50 psi but no greater than 50 psi over the system's normal operating pressure. The system should hold air pressure for a minimum of one hour with no leakage. System that contains 50 or more U.S. gallons should have a tee fitting with a stopcock installed in the return line close to the chiller. The stopcock can be opened and attached to a hose with a female X female hose fitting. In the open end of the hose section (1-1.5 feet long) insert a funnel and pour into the system the diluted Propylene Glycol/liquid solution mixture or add water first and then the quantity of Propylene Glycol needed for minimum ambient protection (refer to Table 6). After adding the Propylene Glycol /water mixture, or liquid solution and then coolant proceed to add enough water to the system to achieve a 15 psi gauge pressure. To measure system pressure shut off the stopcock, remove hose and attach a water pressure gauge. Open the stopcock to read system pressure. Systems that use the Chilled Liquid Solution Storage Tank should be filled at the tee/stopcock fitting in the outlet fitting of the storage tank. Fill the tanks with 10 gallons of water and with a funnel pour the calculated (refer to Table 6) amount of Propylene Glycol into the tank. The amount of Propylene Glycol added should be calculated to achieve minimum ambient protection. After adding Propylene Glycol, fill the system with enough liquid solution to bring system pressure to approximately 15 psi gauge pressure. To measure system pressure shut off the stopcock and attach a water pressure gauge. Open the stopcock to read system pressure. Air Elimination Since we have the system filled we must eliminate the air left in the system. Briefly open each bleed valve at the air handlers and allow trapped air to escape. This will eliminate much of the air left in the system. Next we will start the pump and continue bleeding air from the system. Be sure the chiller has line voltage available to it and set the chilled liquid solution control up to 100 F, which will ensure that only the pump runs at this point. The pump should now start and remain running. Should the pump stop at any time during this process it is an indication that the flow switch had air move across it allowing the circuit to be interrupted. Continue to bleed some air out of the system at the highest locations before resetting the pump bypass timer to get the pump running again. Open and close the power supply switch to the chiller to restart the pump. Continue bleeding air with the pump operating. You may have to start and re-start the pump a few times to complete air removal. All piping systems should have a minimum of 10% Propylene Glycol in the system even in climates with nonfreezing ambient temperatures. Using less than the recommended Propylene Glycol percentage content voids equipment warranty. Liquid solution control valves (solenoid or motorized valves) should be selected for low pressure drop. If a selected valve contributes to pushing your total head calculation to more than 50 feet of head, a larger valve may be needed to bring your total head below the maximum of 50 feet. Liquid Solution Balancing: Liquid solution balancing will require an accurate digital thermometer to measure return line liquid solution temperature at each air handler. Set the chilled liquid solution temperature control in the chiller at a normal operational temperature (44 F) and measure pump discharge temperature with the digital thermometer to check system solution temperature. After the chilled liquid solution temperature has lowered to the set point begin the balancing process. The system must be free of air and each air handler set at a temperature low enough to continue cooling operation (and liquid solution flow) during the balancing process. Begin by measuring the return line chilled liquid solution temperature of each air handler. Begin incrementally closing the supply line balance valve at the air handlers with the lowest return line chilled liquid solution temperature. Continue this process until each air handler has close to the same return line chilled liquid solution temperature. 73

MAC060-3 Ladder Wiring Diagram 380/460-3-50/60 74

MAC060-3 Wiring Diagram 380/460-3-50/60 75

MAC060-3-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram 380/460-3-50/60 76

MAC036, 048 & 060-2 Ladder Wiring Diagram 208/230-3-50/60 77

MAC036, 048 & 060-2 Wiring Diagram 208/230-3-50/60 78

MAC036, 048 & 060-2-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram 208/230-3-50/60 79

MAC036, 048 & 060-1 Ladder Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 80

MAC036, 048 & 060-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 81

MAC036, 048 & 060-1-L with Low Ambient Kit Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 82

MAC036, 048 & 060 CERTIFIED DRAWING 83

MHCCW Chilled Water Ceiling Concealed With or Without Electric Heat 2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000-36,000 BTUH 84

MHCCW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil with Electric Heat MHCCW XX - XX - XX Voltage "See Notes" 00= 208/230-1-50/60 03= 120-1-60 2-Pipe Heat/Cool w/ Electric Heat Electric Heat 00= 0 KW 02 =2KW "See Note 2 & 3" 03= 3 KW 05= 5 KW 06= 6 KW Nominal CFM 08= 8 KW 04 = 1 TON 06 = 1.5 TON 08 = 2 TON 10 = 2.5 TON 12 = 3 TON Notes: 1. The standard unit is 208/230-1-50/60 vac. Add suffix 03 for 120-1-50/60 vac units. 2. 120 vac units are available without electric heat or 2kw of electric heat. 3. 2 KW electric heat is only available with 120 vac. Available Model Numbers MHCCW04-00-03 MHCCW06-00-03 MHCCW08-00-03 MHCCW10-00-03 MHCCW12-00-03 MHCCW04-02-03 MHCCW06-02-03 MHCCW08-02-03 MHCCW10-02-03 MHCCW12-02-03 MHCCW04-00 MHCCW06-00 MHCCW08-00 MHCCW10-00 MHCCW12-00 MHCCW04-03 MHCCW06-03 MHCCW08-03 MHCCW10-03 MHCCW12-03 MHCCW04-05 MHCCW06-05 MHCCW08-05 MHCCW10-05 MHCCW12-05 MHCCW04-06 MHCCW04-08 MHCCW06-06 MHCCW06-08 MHCCW08-06 MHCCW08-08 MHCCW10-06 MHCCW10-08 MHCCW12-06 MHCCW12-08 85

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 2-Pipe Nominal Size: 12,000 36,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MHCCW04 MHCCW06 MHCCW08 MHCCW10 MHCCW12 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled or hot water fan coil with electric heat. 2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Contain both a manual water drain and air bleed port. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a right hand sloped secondary drain connection. 86

G. Electric Heat: 1. Electric Heaters shall be of the rod and disk type. 2. Shall be protected by safeties. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or Fan speed control. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer. 2. Fan relays. 3. Electric heat sequencer (s). 4. Optional Thermostats. 3.02 Safeties A. Fan coil shall be equipped with all necessary components in conjunction with the control system to provide the following protectants. 1. High temperature. 2. Over current protection. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block. Part 5- Accessories: 5.01 Enclosures A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures. 1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency. 2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping and electrical in and out of the enclosures. 3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure. 4. Shall include a supply air duct flange. 5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filtered louver. 87

Model Number Height (in) MHCCW Product Specifications Width (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Weight (lbs) 88 Coil Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) MHCCW04 10.25 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHCCW06 10.25 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHCCW08 10.25 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHCCW10 10.25 43.70 21.65 74.8 4-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4 MHCCW12 10.25 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4 Model Number Nominal CFM Volts Phase Hertz Electrical Data Electric Heat (KW) Motor HP These specifications are subject to change without notice. Full Load Ampacity Drain (in) Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHCCW04-00 0 0.82 1.03 3 MHCCW04-03 3 13.86 19.31 20 MHCCW04-05 400 5 1/8 22.56 31.6 35 MHCCW04-06 6 26.9 37.6 40 MHCCW04-08 8 35.6 48.3 50 MHCCW06-00 0 1.18 1.48 3 MHCCW06-03 3 14.22 19.76 20 MHCCW06-05 600 5 1/8 22.92 32.05 35 MHCCW06-06 6 27.27 38.05 40 MHCCW06-08 8 35.96 48.75 50 MHCCW08-00 0 1.43 1.8 4 MHCCW08-03 3 14.47 20.08 20 MHCCW08-05 800 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35 MHCCW08-06 6 27.52 38.36 40 MHCCW08-08 8 36.21 49.06 50 MHCCW10-00 0 1.43 1.8 4 MHCCW10-03 3 14.47 20.08 20 MHCCW10-05 1000 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35 MHCCW10-06 6 27.52 38.36 40 MHCCW10-08 8 36.21 49.06 50 MHCCW12-00 0 1.81 2.26 5 MHCCW12-03 3 14.85 20.55 20 MHCCW12-05 1200 5 1/4 23.55 32.84 35 MHCCW12-06 6 27.9 38.84 40 MHCCW12-08 8 36.6 49.54 50 Model Number Nominal CFM 208/230-1-50/60 Volts Phase Hertz Electric Heat (KW) Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHCCW04-00-03 400 0 1/30 0.55.69 1.25 MHCCW06-00-03 600 0 1/30 0.55.69 1.25 MHCCW08-00-03 800 0 1/30 0.55.69 1.25 MHCCW10-00-03 1000 0 1/8 1.80 2.25 5 MHCCW12-00-03 1200 120-1-60 0 1/4 3.00 3.75 10

MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 400 42 MHCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 11.8 9.0 1.5 4.4 SC 8.9 7.8 WTR 15.7 12.0 TC 13.4 10.2 2.0 7.2 SC 9.5 8.3 WTR 13.4 10.2 TC 14.3 11.0 2.5 10.7 SC 9.8 8.6 WTR 11.5 8.8 TC 15.1 11.5 3.0 14.7 SC 10.1 8.8 WTR 10.1 7.7 MHCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 400 45 GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 10.5 8.3 1.5 4.4 SC 8.5 7.5 WTR 14.4 11.0 TC 12.3 9.4 2.0 7.2 SC 9.1 8.0 WTR 12.3 9.4 TC 13.2 10.0 2.5 10.7 SC 9.4 8.2 WTR 10.5 8.0 TC 13.8 10.6 3.0 14.7 SC 9.6 8.4 WTR 9.2 7.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 89

MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 600 42 MHCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 18.5 14.1 3.0 3.8 SC 13.4 11.7 WTR 12.3 9.4 TC 20.4 15.6 4.0 6.5 SC 14.1 12.3 WTR 10.2 7.8 TC 21.6 16.5 5.0 9.8 SC 14.5 12.6 WTR 8.6 6.6 TC 22.4 17.1 6.0 13.8 SC 14.8 12.9 WTR 7.5 5.7 NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 600 45 MHCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 17 13.0 3.0 3.8 SC 12.8 11.2 WTR 11.3 8.6 TC 18.7 14.3 4.0 6.5 SC 13.4 11.8 WTR 9.4 7.2 TC 19.8 15.1 5.0 9.8 SC 13.8 12.1 WTR 7.9 6.0 TC 20.6 15.7 6.0 13.8 SC 14.1 12.3 WTR 6.9 5.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 90

MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 800 42 MHCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 22.7 17.3 3.0 3.9 SC 17.5 15.4 WTR 15.1 11.5 TC 25.9 19.7 4.0 6.5 SC 18.6 16.3 WTR 12.9 9.9 TC 28 21.4 5.0 9.6 SC 19.5 17.0 WTR 11.2 8.6 TC 29.4 22.5 6.0 13.3 SC 20.0 17.4 WTR 9.8 7.5 NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 800 45 MHCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 20.8 15.9 3.0 3.9 SC 16.6 14.7 WTR 13.9 10.6 TC 23.4 17.9 4.0 6.5 SC 17.6 15.5 WTR 11.7 8.9 TC 25.1 19.2 5.0 9.6 SC 18.2 16.0 WTR 10.0 7.7 TC 26.4 20.1 6.0 13.3 SC 18.7 16.3 WTR 8.8 6.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 91

MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 1000 42 MHCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 28.8 22.0 4.0 4.9 SC 21.9 19.3 WTR 14.4 11.0 TC 31.8 24.3 5.0 7.4 SC 23 20.1 WTR 12.7 9.7 TC 33.9 25.9 6 10.5 SC 23.8 20.8 WTR 11.3 8.6 TC 35.5 27.1 7.0 14.1 SC 24.4 21.3 WTR 10.2 7.8 NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 1000 45 MHCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 26.4 20.2 4.0 4.9 SC 21.0 18.6 WTR 13.2 10.1 TC 29.2 22.3 5.0 7.4 SC 22.0 19.4 WTR 11.7 8.9 TC 31.1 23.8 6 10.5 SC 22.8 19.9 WTR 10.4 7.9 TC 32.6 24.9 7.0 14.1 SC 23.3 20.4 WTR 9.3 7.1 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 92

MHCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 1200 42 MHCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 32.3 24.7 4.0 5.6 SC 25.4 22.4 WTR 16.2 12.4 TC 36.1 27.6 5.0 8.5 SC 26.8 23.5 WTR 14.4 11.0 TC 38.9 29.7 6 12.0 SC 27.8 24.3 WTR 13 9.9 TC 40.9 31.2 7.0 16.1 SC 28.6 24.9 WTR 11.7 8.9 NOMINAL CFM EWT ( F) 1200 45 MHCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) DROP (ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 29.7 24.6 4.0 5.6 SC 24.4 20.6 WTR 14.8 12.3 TC 33.1 25.3 5.0 8.5 SC 25.7 22.6 WTR 13.3 10.1 TC 35.7 27.2 6 12.0 SC 26.6 23.4 WTR 11.9 9.1 TC 37.5 28.7 7.0 16.1 SC 27.3 23.9 WTR 10.7 8.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 93

MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3 38.9 2.0 6.0 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9 40.7 50 400 2.5 9.0 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0 41.7 3.0 12.6 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 42.5 MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3 2.0 6.0 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9 60 400 2.5 9.0 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0 3.0 12.6 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 2.0 6.0 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 70 400 2.5 9.0 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 3.0 12.6 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 MHCCW-04-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 2.0 6.0 5.4 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 80 400 2.5 9.0 5.6 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 3.0 12.6 5.7 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 94

MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 67.9 4.0 6.5 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1 70.9 50 600 5.0 9.8 24.2 29.1 33.9 39.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 58.1 63.0 67.8 72.7 6.0 13.8 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 64.1 69.0 74.0 MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 4.0 6.5 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1 60 600 5.0 9.8 19.4 24.2 29.1 33.9 38.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 58.1 63.0 67.8 6.0 13.8 19.7 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 64.1 69.0 MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 13.6 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 4.0 6.5 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 70 600 5.0 9.8 14.5 19.4 24.2 29.1 33.9 38.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 58.1 63.0 6.0 13.8 14.8 19.7 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 64.1 MHCCW-06-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 9.0 13.6 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 4.0 6.5 9.4 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 80 600 5.0 9.8 9.7 14.5 19.4 24.2 29.1 33.9 38.8 43.6 48.5 53.3 59.2 6.0 13.8 9.9 14.8 19.7 24.7 29.6 34.5 39.5 44.4 49.3 54.3 59.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 95

MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 65.5 70.5 75.6 4.0 6.5 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 68.5 73.8 79.1 50 800 5.0 9.8 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 70.4 75.9 81.3 6.0 13.8 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 71.8 77.3 82.9 MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 20.1 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 65.5 70.5 4.0 6.5 21.1 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 68.5 73.8 60 800 5.0 9.8 21.7 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 70.4 75.9 6.0 13.8 22.1 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 71.8 77.3 MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 15.1 20.1 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 65.5 4.0 6.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 68.5 70 800 5.0 9.8 16.3 21.7 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 70.4 6.0 13.8 16.6 22.1 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 71.8 MHCCW-08-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 10.1 15.1 20.1 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.3 45.3 50.4 55.4 60.4 4.0 6.5 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.6 36.9 42.2 47.4 52.7 58.0 63.2 80 800 5.0 9.8 10.8 16.3 21.7 27.1 32.5 37.9 43.4 48.8 54.2 59.6 65.0 6.0 13.8 11.0 16.6 22.1 27.6 33.1 38.7 44.2 49.7 55.2 60.8 66.3 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 96

MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 83.4 89.8 96.2 5.0 7.4 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 87.1 93.8 100.5 50 1000 6.0 10.5 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.7 89.6 96.6 103.4 7.0 14.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 91.4 98.4 105.5 MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 25.7 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 83.4 89.8 5.0 7.4 26.8 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 87.1 93.8 60 1000 6.0 10.5 27.6 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.7 89.6 96.6 7.0 14.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 91.4 98.4 MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 19.3 25.7 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 83.4 5.0 7.4 20.1 26.8 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 87.1 70 1000 6.0 10.5 20.7 27.6 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.7 89.6 7.0 14.1 21.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 91.4 MHCCW-10-00 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 12.9 19.3 25.7 32.1 38.5 44.9 51.3 57.7 64.2 70.6 77.0 5.0 7.4 13.4 20.1 26.8 33.5 40.2 46.9 53.6 60.3 67.0 73.7 80.3 80 1000 6.0 10.5 13.8 20.7 27.6 34.5 41.4 48.3 55.2 62.1 69.0 75.8 82.6 7.0 14.1 14.1 21.1 28.1 35.2 42.2 49.2 56.3 63.3 70.3 77.4 84.4 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 97

97

MHCCW Hot Water Performance Data MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 101.2 109.0 116.8 5.0 7.4 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 105.6 113.7 121.8 50 1200 6.0 10.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.4 108.8 117.2 125.5 7.0 14.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111.0 119.5 128.0 MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 31.2 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 101.2 109.0 5.0 7.4 32.5 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 105.6 113.7 60 1200 6.0 10.5 33.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.4 108.8 117.2 7.0 14.1 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111.0 119.5 MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 23.4 31.2 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 101.2 5.0 7.4 24.4 32.5 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 105.6 70 1200 6.0 10.5 25.1 33.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.4 108.8 7.0 14.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111.0 MHCCW-12-00 HOT WATER CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 4.9 15.6 23.4 31.2 38.9 46.7 54.5 62.3 70.1 77.9 85.7 93.5 5.0 7.4 16.2 24.4 32.5 40.6 48.7 56.8 65.0 73.1 81.2 89.3 97.4 80 1200 6.0 10.5 16.7 25.1 33.5 41.8 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 92.0 100.2 7.0 14.1 17.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 98

MHCCW Electric Heat Performance Data Model Number Nominal CFM Electric Heat BTUH MHCCW04-00 400 0 MHCCW04-03 400 10,200 MHCCW04-05 400 17,000 MHCCW04-06 400 20,500 MHCCW04-08 400 27,300 MHCCW06-00 600 0 MHCCW06-03 600 10,200 MHCCW06-05 600 17,000 MHCCW06-06 600 20,500 MHCCW06-08 600 27,300 MHCCW08-00 800 0 MHCCW08-03 800 10,200 MHCCW08-05 800 17,000 MHCCW08-06 800 20,500 MHCCW08-08 800 27,300 MHCCW10-00 1000 0 MHCCW10-03 1000 10,200 MHCCW10-05 1000 17,000 MHCCW10-06 1000 20,500 MHCCW10-08 1000 27,300 MHCCW12-00 1200 0 MHCCW12-03 1200 10,200 MHCCW12-05 1200 17,000 MHCCW12-06 1200 20,500 MHCCW12-08 1200 27,300 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 99

MHCCW CFM and Glycol Adjustments CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table Model Number External Static Pressure 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 MHCCW04 485 455 415 370 325 0 0 MHCCW06 775 745 715 680 640 595 545 MHCCW08 915 890 850 815 775 730 685 MHCCW10 1145 1110 1075 1035 995 955 905 MHCCW12 1480 1445 1405 1365 1325 1280 1235 Example: MHCCW04 @ 0.20 ESP produces 325 cfm. Locate 325 cfm (for the MHCCW04) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 101. (TC =.79 & SC =.75) Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the MHCCW04 on page 89 or the hot water capacity on page 94 by the adjustment factors to achieve the capacity adjustment. Propylene Glycol/ GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 These specifications are subject to change without notice 100

MHCCW Capacity Adjustment Factors CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # MHCCW04 MHCCW06 MHCCW08 MHCCW10 MHCCW12 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC 325 0.79 0.75 350 0.82 0.78 375 0.85 0.82 400 0.88 0.86 425 0.90 0.89 450 0.94 0.93 485 1.00 1.00 525 545 0.90 0.89 600 0.92 0.91 650 0.94 0.93 685 0.95 0.94 0.80 0.77 700 0.96 0.95 0.82 0.79 750 0.98 0.97 0.84 0.81 775 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.83 800 0.88 0.85 850 0.91 0.89 915 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.84 950 0.88 0.86 1000 0.90 0.88 1025 0.93 0.91 1050 0.96 0.95 1100 0.97 0.97 1125 0.99 0.99 1145 1.00 1.00 1200 1235 0.89 0.88 1250 0.91 0.90 1300 0.92 0.91 1325 0.94 0.93 1350 0.95 0.94 1375 0.96 0.95 1400 0.97 0.97 1425 0.98 0.98 1450 0.99 0.99 1480 1.00 1.00 These specifications are subject to change without notice 101

102

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only and into an enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly can be ordered separately or field fabricated by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for enclosure part numbers, dimensions and weights. See document number 030710001 for enclosure assembly and installation instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the coil hand of connection. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS) MHCCW04 66.0 MHCCW06 68.2 MHCCW08 72.6 MHCCW10 74.8 MHCCW12 83.6 Figure 1 ENCLOSURE FAN COIL ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS (in) PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30 MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34 Figure 2 103

INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons FAN COIL DIMENSIONS Fan Coil Model Number A B C D E F MHCCW04-XX 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.23 5.51 21.65 MHCCW06-XX 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.23 5.51 21.65 MHCCW08-XX 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.23 5.51 21.65 MHCCW10-XX 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.23 5.51 21.65 MHCCW12-XX 49.68 46.53 43.38 10.23 5.51 21.65.5 Air Vent Water Return D E Water Supply 1 Coil Drain.75 (MPT) Condensate Drain Connection (Both Ends) F B A C Mounting Notches Drain Pan Figure 3 104

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONVERTING COIL HAND OF CONNECTION & ELECTRIC HEATER ACCESS. Figure 4 1. Remove the eleven screws that attach the top to the fan coil assembly and remove the top. This will allow you to access the electric heaters. Figure 4 2. Remove the eight screws that hold the coil into the fan coil frame assembly. Four screws per side. Figure 5 3 Slide the coil out of the fan coil frame assembly toward the coil supply and return line connections. Ensure that care is taken when removing and inserting the coil not to damage the coil fins. Insert the coil into the fan coil frame assembly from the other end and reverse procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble the fan coil. Figure 6 Figure 5 Figure 6 105

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the ten screws that attach the electrical assembly to the fan coil unit. Do not separate the electrical assembly from the blower assembly. These two assemblies will be removed in the next step. Figure 7 Figure 7 2. Remove the five screws attaching the blower assembly to the coil assembly. Separate the electrical and blower assemblies from the coil assembly. Figure 8 3. Insert the coil assembly into the enclosure assembly starting with the discharge air opening of the coil first. Ensure that the discharge of the coil is inserted into the discharge of the enclosure completely. Failure to completely insert the coil discharge will result in recirculation of the discharge air. Figure 9 Figure 8 Figure 9 106

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 4. Align the fan coil mounting bolts up with the four mounting notches provided in the coil assembly top. Secure the coil assembly to the enclosure with two mounting bolts per side. Ensure that the coil assembly is level in both directions to allow proper drainage and operation. Figure 10 5. Reinstall the blower assembly onto the coil assembly using the five screws previously removed in step 2 figure 8. Figure 11 Figure 10 6. Reinstall the electrical assembly onto the coil assembly using the ten screws previously removed in step 1 figure 7. Figure 12 ELECTRICAL, COIL, DRAIN AND RETURN / SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11 7. There are multiple entry points on the factory supplied enclosure assembly for water lines, condensate lines, refrigerant lines and electrical connections. If a non-louvered service access panel is used or if an alternate return air location is required an optional return air cutout is provided. Figure 13 Figure 12 107

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons ELECTRICAL & CONDENSATE DRAIN 8. There are four termination points for the electrical wiring. There are two on each side of the electrical box. See pages 113,114 &115 for electrical drawings. Wiring must be installed according to prevailing codes and regulations. The fan coil unit has one condensate drain connection on either side of the drain pan for either left or right hand drain connection. The opposite drain connection not being used must be capped off by the installing contractor. The middle drain connection is the safety condensate drain connection. Ensure that all condensate drain lines have at least one quarter of an inch of fall per foot for proper drainage. Figure 14 WATER COIL CONNECTIONS 9. The fan coil unit comes with a manual air bleed and a manual coil drain fitting. They are located on the same side as the supply and return water line connections. The water supply line is connected to the coil connection furthest away from the fans. The water return line is connected to the coil connection closest to the fans. Ensure that both the supply and return water lines are insulated to prevent them from sweating. Figure 15 Manual Air Bleed Entry Points Typical Both Ends Manual Coil Drain Figure 13 Electrical Terminations Figure 14 Points Figure 14 Optional Return Air Cutout Left and Right Hand Drain Connections Figure 15 Safety Drain Connection Water Return Connection Water Supply Connection 108

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS 10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel. Figure 16 & 17 11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the recommended filter sizes. Figure 18 Fan Coil Mounting Bolts Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure Supply Duct Flange Optional Return Air Cutout Frame Enclosure Supplied By Installing Contractor Ceiling Hinged Service Access Panel Louvered Panel Shown. An Optional Non-louvered Service Access Panel Is Available. Return Air Figure 16 Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP) 109

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS Louvered & Non-Louvered Panel Model Number Fan Coil A B C Size (in) (in) (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5 A B C (typ) Figure 17 FAN COIL MODEL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) MHCCW04 18 36 MHCCW06 18 36 MHCCW08 18 36 MHCCW10 18 36 MHCCW12 2 qty 18 24 Figure 18 110

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork. Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed. Figure 19 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE Enclosure Model Number Fan Coil A B Size (in) (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75 MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75 MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75 A B Figure 19 111

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons MAITENANCE 1. Air Filter(s): Filters are an essential part of the quality of air that is provided to the occupants. Never operate HVAC equipment without filters. Filters help remove dust and unwanted particles from the air stream, helping to keep the space clean. They also keep this debris from collecting on the heat transfer surfaces of the unit thus maintaining optimum equipment efficiency and performance. These filters will be located either in the unit or upstream from the unit in the return air ductwork. Filters must be inspected, cleaned and/or changed routinely. This routine maintenance procedure will allow the unit to continually operate as designed, reduce service expenses and extend equipment/component life. and/or replacements in the event the unit fails to operate or is being serviced. If fuses are used, ensure that the replacement fuses are of the same size and type as the ones you are replacing. It is a good idea to keep replacement fuses of the appropriate size and type on hand. 3. Routine Check Up and Service: This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-annual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, electric heater inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers: This unit must be connected to the buildings electric service in accordance with local/national electrical codes and regulations. These electrical connections will include over current protection in the form of fuses or circuit breakers. Have your contractor identify/label the circuits and the location of them so that you may be in a position to make inspections 112

MHCCW Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 113

MHCCW With Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 114

MHCCW Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 120-1-50/60 115

MHCCW CERTIFIED DRAWING 116

MHNCCW Chilled/Hot Water Ceiling Concealed 4-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000-36,000 BTUH 117

MHNCCW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 4-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil MHNCCW- XX - XX 4-Pipe Heat/Cool Voltage 01= 208/230-1-50/60 03= 120-1-50/60 Nominal Tons 04 = 1 Ton 06 = 1.5 Ton 08 = 2 Ton 10 = 2.5 Ton 12 = 3 Ton Available Model Numbers MHNCCW-04-01 MHNCCW-06-01 MHNCCW-08-01 MHNCCW-10-01 MHNCCW-12-01 MHNCCW-04-03 MHNCCW-06-03 MHNCCW-08-03 MHNCCW-10-03 MHNCCW-12-03 118

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled and Hot Water Fan Coil 4-Pipe Nominal Size: 12,000 36,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MHNCCW04 MHNCCW06 MHNCCW08 MHNCCW10 MHNCCW12 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 115-1-50/60 and 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Contain both a manual water drain and manual air bleed port per coil. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right hand secondary drain connection. 119

Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or fan speed control. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer. 2. Fan relays. 3. Optional thermostats. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block. Part 5- Accessories: 5.01 Enclosures A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures. 1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency. 2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping/electrical in and out of the enclosures. 3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure. 4. Shall include a supply air duct flange. 5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filter louver. 120

MHNCCW Product Specifications Model Number Height (in) Length (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Weight (lbs) Cooling Rows FPI Heating Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) MHNCCW04-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHNCCW06-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHNCCW08-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHNCCW10-01(03) 10 43.70 21.65 74.8 4-14 2-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4 MHNCCW12-01(03) 10 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 7/8 7/8 3/4 Drain (in) Model Number Nominal CFM Electrical Data Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHNCCW04-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 0.82 1.03 2 400 MHNCCW04-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55.69 2 MHNCCW06-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 1.18 1.48 3 600 MHNCCW06-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55.69 2 MHNCCW08-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.43 1.79 3 800 MHNCCW08-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55.69 2 MHNCCW10-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.63 2.04 4 1000 MHNCCW10-03 120-1-60 1/8 1.80 2.25 2 MHNCCW12-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.81 2.26 5 1200 MHNCCW12-03 120-1-60 1/4 3.00 3.75 7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 121

MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data MHNCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 11.8 9.0 1.5 4.4 SC 8.9 7.8 WTR 15.7 12.0 TC 13.4 10.2 2.0 7.2 SC 9.5 8.3 400 42 WTR 13.4 10.2 TC 14.3 11.0 2.5 10.7 SC 9.8 8.6 WTR 11.5 8.8 TC 15.1 11.5 3.0 14.7 SC 10.1 8.8 WTR 10.1 7.7 MHNCCW04 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 10.5 8.3 1.5 4.4 SC 8.5 7.5 WTR 14.4 11.0 TC 12.3 9.4 2.0 7.2 SC 9.1 8.0 400 45 WTR 12.3 9.4 TC 13.2 10.0 2.5 10.7 SC 9.4 8.2 WTR 10.5 8.0 TC 13.8 10.6 3.0 14.7 SC 9.6 8.4 WTR 9.2 7.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 122

MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data MHNCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 18.5 14.1 3.0 3.8 SC 13.4 11.7 WTR 12.3 9.4 TC 20.4 15.6 4.0 6.5 SC 14.1 12.3 600 42 WTR 10.2 7.8 TC 21.6 16.5 5.0 9.8 SC 14.5 12.6 WTR 8.6 6.6 TC 22.4 17.1 6.0 13.8 SC 14.8 12.9 WTR 7.5 5.7 MHNCCW06 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 17 13.0 3.0 3.8 SC 12.8 11.2 WTR 11.3 8.6 TC 18.7 14.3 4.0 6.5 SC 13.4 11.8 600 45 WTR 9.4 7.2 TC 19.8 15.1 5.0 9.8 SC 13.8 12.1 WTR 7.9 6.0 TC 20.6 15.7 6.0 13.8 SC 14.1 12.3 WTR 6.9 5.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 123

MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data MHNCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 22.7 17.3 3.0 4.4 SC 17.5 15.4 WTR 15.1 11.5 TC 25.9 19.7 4.0 7.2 SC 18.6 16.3 800 42 WTR 12.9 9.9 TC 28 21.4 5 10.7 SC 19.5 17.0 WTR 11.2 8.6 TC 29.4 22.5 6.0 14.7 SC 20.0 17.4 WTR 9.8 7.5 MHNCCW08 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 20.7 15.8 3.0 4.4 SC 15.7 13.8 WTR 13.8 10.5 TC 23.2 17.7 4.0 7.2 SC 16.6 14.6 800 45 WTR 11.6 8.8 TC 24.8 18.9 5 10.7 SC 17.2 15 WTR 9.9 7.6 TC 26 19.8 6.0 14.7 SC 17.6 15.4 WTR 8.7 6.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 124

MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data MHNCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 28.8 22.0 4.0 4.9 SC 21.9 19.3 WTR 14.4 11.0 TC 31.8 24.3 5.0 7.4 SC 23 20.1 1000 42 WTR 12.7 9.7 TC 33.9 25.9 6 10.5 SC 23.8 20.8 WTR 11.3 8.6 TC 35.5 27.1 7.0 14.1 SC 24.4 21.3 WTR 10.2 7.8 MHNCCW10 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 26.4 20.2 4.0 4.9 SC 21.0 18.6 WTR 13.2 10.1 TC 29.2 22.3 5.0 7.4 SC 22.0 19.4 1000 45 WTR 11.7 8.9 TC 31.1 23.8 6 10.5 SC 22.8 19.9 WTR 10.4 7.9 TC 32.6 24.9 7.0 14.1 SC 23.3 20.4 WTR 9.3 7.1 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 125

MHNCCW Chilled Water Performance Data MHNCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 32.3 24.7 4.0 5.6 SC 25.4 22.4 WTR 16.2 12.4 TC 36.1 27.6 5.0 8.5 SC 26.8 23.5 1200 42 WTR 14.4 11 TC 38.9 29.7 6 12.0 SC 27.8 24.3 WTR 13 9.9 TC 40.9 31.2 7.0 16.1 SC 28.6 24.9 WTR 11.7 8.9 MHNCCW12 COOLING CAPACITIES All capacities are based on nominal CFM NOMINAL EWT GPM PRESSURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM ( F) DROP(ft) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 29.7 24.6 4.0 5.6 SC 24.4 20.6 WTR 14.8 12.3 TC 33.1 25.3 5.0 8.5 SC 25.7 22.6 1200 45 WTR 13.3 10.1 TC 35.7 27.2 6 12.0 SC 26.6 23.4 WTR 11.9 9.1 TC 37.5 28.7 7.0 16.1 SC 27.3 23.9 WTR 10.7 8.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 126

MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 400 MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 11.2 13.8 16.4 19.0 21.6 24.2 26.8 29.4 32.0 34.6 37.2 2.0 3.4 13.4 16.0 18.6 21.2 23.8 26.4 29.0 31.6 34.2 36.8 39.4 3.0 7.0 14.8 17.4 20.0 22.6 25.2 27.8 30.4 33.0 35.6 38.2 40.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 400 MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 8.4 11.0 13.6 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.7 29.4 32.1 34.8 2.0 3.4 10.6 13.3 16.0 18.7 21.4 24.1 26.8 29.5 32.2 34.9 37.6 3.0 7.0 12.0 14.7 17.4 20.1 22.8 25.5 28.2 30.9 33.6 36.3 39.0 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 400 MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 5.8 8.4 11.0 13.6 15.5 18.1 20.0 22.6 24.5 27.1 29.7 2.0 3.4 7.9 10.6 13.4 16.1 18.9 21.6 24.4 27.1 29.9 32.6 35.3 3.0 7.0 8.8 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 26.1 28.9 32.0 34.9 37.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 400 MHNCCW-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 8.4 5.8 8.4 11.0 12.9 15.5 17.4 20.0 21.9 24.5 27.1 2.0 3.4 10.5 8.0 10.8 13.5 16.3 19.0 21.8 24.5 27.3 30.0 32.7 3.0 7.0 12.1 9.0 11.8 14.7 17.6 20.4 23.5 26.3 29.4 32.3 35.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 127

MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 600 MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 13.1 17.6 22.1 26.6 31.1 35.6 40.1 44.6 49.1 53.6 58.1 2.0 3.7 17.5 21.7 25.9 30.1 34.3 38.5 42.7 46.9 51.1 55.3 59.5 3.0 7.6 19.1 23.3 27.5 31.7 35.9 40.1 44.3 48.5 52.7 56.9 61.4 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 600 MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 12.8 15.4 18.0 20.6 23.2 25.8 28.4 31.0 33.6 36.2 38.8 2.0 3.7 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.6 29.2 31.8 34.4 37.0 39.6 42.2 3.0 7.6 17.8 20.4 23.0 25.6 28.2 30.8 33.4 36.0 38.6 41.2 43.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 600 MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 7.9 10.5 13.1 15.7 18.3 20.9 23.5 26.1 28.7 31.3 33.9 2.0 3.7 11.7 14.3 16.9 19.5 22.1 24.7 27.3 29.9 32.5 35.1 37.7 3.0 7.6 13.3 15.9 18.5 21.1 23.7 26.3 28.9 31.5 34.1 36.7 39.3 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 600 MHNCCW-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 3.3 5.9 8.5 11.1 13.7 16.3 18.9 21.5 24.1 26.7 29.3 2.0 3.7 7.1 9.7 12.3 14.9 17.5 20.1 22.7 25.3 27.9 30.5 33.1 3.0 7.6 8.7 11.3 13.9 16.5 19.1 21.7 24.3 26.9 29.5 32.1 34.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 128

MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 800 MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 16.8 20.5 24.1 27.7 31.4 35.0 39.0 42.4 46.5 49.7 53.3 3.0 1.1 19.2 22.8 26.4 30.0 34.7 37.2 43.2 48.0 51.6 55.2 58.8 4.0 1.9 20.5 24.2 27.9 31.6 36.7 39.0 45.7 50.1 54.7 57.5 61.2 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 800 MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 13.5 17.2 20.9 24.6 28.2 32.0 35.8 39.4 43.3 46.8 50.5 3.0 1.1 15.8 19.5 23.2 26.9 31.5.34.3 40.0 41.9 48.4 52.8 56.5 4.0 1.9 17.3 21.0 24.7 28.4 33.5 35.8 42.5 46.9 51.5 54.3 58.0 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 800 MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 10.5 14.1 17.7 21.3 25.0 28.5 32.6 35.7 40.1 42.9 46.5 3.0 1.1 12.6 16.3 20.0 23.7 28.3 34.8 36.8 42.2 45.2 49.6 53.3 4.0 1.9 14.1 17.8 21.5 25.2 30.3 32.6 39.3 43.7 48.3 51.1 54.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 800 MHNCCW-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 7.1 10.8 14.5 18.2 21.8 25.6 29.4 33.0 36.9 40.4 44.1 3.0 1.1 9.4 13.1 16.8 20.5 25.1 27.9 33.6 35.3 42.0 46.4 50.1 4.0 1.9 10.9 14.6 18.3 22.0 27.1 33.1 36.1 40.5 45.1 47.9 51.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 129

MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 1000 MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 19.5 23.7 28.0 32.3 36.5 40.7 45.2 49.2 53.9 57.7 62.0 3.0 1.4 23.5 27.8 32.2 36.6 40.9 45.3 50.9 53.9 60.8 62.7 67.0 4.0 2.4 26.1 30.5 34.8 39.2 43.5 47.9 54.2 58.6 64.9 69.4 73.9 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 1000 MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 15.6 19.9 24.3 28.7 32.8 37.4 41.5 46.1 50.2 54.7 59.1 3.0 1.4 19.8 24.2 28.5 32.9 37.2 41.6 47.2 52.2 57.1 62.1 67.0 4.0 2.4 22.4 26.8 31.1 35.5 39.8 44.2 50.5 55.5 61.2 65.4 70.3 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 1000 MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 12.1 16.4 20.6 24.9 29.1 33.4 37.8 41.9 46.5 50.4 54.6 3.0 1.4 16.1 20.5 24.8 29.5 33.5 38.5 43.5 48.4 53.4 58.3 63.2 4.0 2.4 18.7 23.1 27.4 31.8 36.1 41.1 46.8 51.0 57.5 60.9 65.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 1000 MHNCCW-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 8.4 12.7 16.9 21.3 25.4 29.8 34.1 38.5 42.8 47.2 51.5 3.0 1.4 12.4 16.8 21.1 25.5 29.8 34.2 39.8 42.9 49.7 54.7 59.6 4.0 2.4 15.0 19.4 23.7 28.1 32.4 36.8 43.1 48.1 53.8 58.0 62.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 130

MHNCCW Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 1200 MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 20.0 24.8 29.6 34.4 39.2 44.0 49.0 53.6 58.7 63.2 68.0 3.0 1.5 23.8 28.6 33.4 38.2 44.6 47.8 56.0 61.1 67.3 72.9 78.6 4.0 2.4 26.3 31.1 35.9 40.7 48.0 53.0 60.3 66.3 72.6 78.3 84.3 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 1200 MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 16.8 21.6 26.4 31.2 36.0 40.8 45.8 51.4 55.5 60.0 64.8 3.0 1.5 19.0 24.6 30.2 35.8 41.4 47.0 52.8 58.2 64.1 69.4 76.0 4.0 2.4 20.6 26.7 32.7 38.7 44.8 50.9 57.1 62.9 69.4 75.1 81.1 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 1200 MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 13.6 18.4 23.2 28.0 32.8 37.6 42.6 47.2 52.3 56.8 61.6 3.0 1.5 15.8 21.4 27.0 32.6 38.2 43.8 49.6 55.0 60.9 66.2 71.8 4.0 2.4 17.4 23.5 29.5 35.6 41.6 47.7 53.9 59.8 66.2 71.8 77.9 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 1200 MHNCCW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 10.4 15.2 20.0 24.5 29.6 34.4 39.4 44.0 49.1 53.6 58.8 3.0 1.5 12.6 18.2 23.8 29.4 35.0 40.6 46.4 51.8 57.7 63.0 58.6 4.0 2.4 14.2 20.3 26.3 32.4 38.4 44.5 50.7 56.6 63.0 68.7 74.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 131

MHNCCW CFM and Glycol Adjustments Nominal CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table Model Number Hi Speed 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 MHNCCW04-xx 397 373 340 320 0 0 MHNCCW06-xx 634 608 578 544 506 463 MHNCCW08-xx 757 723 700 659 621 582 MHNCCW10-xx 943 914 880 846 812 769 MHNCCW12-xx 1228 1194 1160 1126 1088 1050 Example: MHNCCW08 @ 0.15 ESP produces 700 cfm. Locate 700 cfm (for the MHNCCW08) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 133. (TC =.98 & SC =.98) Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the MHCCW08 on page 124 or the hot water capacity on page 129 by the adjustment factors to achieve the capacity adjustment. Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 These specifications are subject to change without notice 132

MHNCCW Capacity Adjustment Factors COOLING CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # MHNCCW04 MHNCCW06 MHNCCW08 MHNCCW10 MHNCCW12 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC 320 0.88 0.86 350 0.90 0.89 375 0.94 0.93 397 1.00 1.00 425 463 0.89 0.88 500 0.91 0.90 525 0.93 0.92 550 0.95 0.94 582 0.97 0.96 0.89 0.87 600 0.98 0.97 0.91 0.89 634 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.91 0.81 0.77 675 0.95 0.94 0.84 0.81 700 0.98 0.98 0.87 0.85 757 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.88 775 0.93 0.91 800 0.96 0.95 850 0.97 0.97 900 0.99 0.99 943 1.00 1.00 1000 1025 1050 0.99 0.97 1100 1.06 1.05 1125 1.04 1.03 1150 1.03 1.02 1200 1.02 1.01 1228 1.00 1.00 These specifications are subject to change without notice 133

134

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only and into an enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly can be ordered separately or field fabricated by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for enclosure part numbers, dimensions and weights. See document number 030710001 for enclosure assembly and installation instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the coil hand of connection. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS) MHNCCW04 66.0 MHNCCW06 68.2 MHNCCW08 72.6 MHNCCW10 74.8 MHNCCW12 83.6 Figure 1 ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS ENCLOSURE FAN COIL (us) PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30 MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34 Figure 2 135

INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons FAN COIL DIMENSIONS Fan Coil Model Number A B C D E F MHNCCW04 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCW06 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCW08 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCW10 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCW12 49.68 46.53 43.38 10.00 5.51 21.65.5 Air Vents Hot Water Supply E Hot Water Return D Chilled Water Supply Chilled Water Return B 1 Coil Drains F.75 (MPT) Condensate Drain Connection (Both Ends) C Mounting Notches A Drain Pan Figure 3 136

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONVERTING COIL HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 4 1. Remove the eleven screws that attach the top to the fan coil assembly and remove the top. Figure 4 2. Remove the eight screws that hold the coil into the fan coil frame assembly. Four screws per side. Figure 5 3 Slide the coil out of the fan coil frame assembly toward the coil supply and return line connections. Ensure that care is taken when removing and inserting the coil not to damage the coil fins. Insert the coil into the fan coil frame assembly from the other end and reverse procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble the fan coil. Figure 6 Figure 5 Figure 6 137

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the ten screws that attach the electrical assembly to the fan coil unit. Do not separate the electrical assembly from the blower assembly. These two assemblies will be removed in the next step. Figure 7 Figure 7 2. Remove the five screws attaching the blower assembly to the coil assembly. Separate the electrical and blower assemblies from the coil assembly. Figure 8 3. Insert the coil assembly into the enclosure assembly starting with the discharge air opening of the coil first. Ensure that the discharge of the coil is inserted into the discharge of the enclosure completely. Failure to completely insert the coil discharge will result in recirculation of the discharge air. Figure 9 Figure 8 Figure 9 138

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 4. Align the fan coil mounting bolts up with the four mounting notches provided in the coil assembly top. Secure the coil assembly to the enclosure with two mounting bolts per side. Ensure that the coil assembly is level in both directions to allow proper drainage and operation. Figure 10 5. Reinstall the blower assembly onto the coil assembly using the five screws previously removed in step 2 figure 8. Figure 11 Figure 10 6. Reinstall the electrical assembly onto the coil assembly using the ten screws previously removed in step 1 figure 7. Figure 12 ELECTRICAL, COIL, DRAIN AND RETURN / SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11 7. There are multiple entry points on the factory supplied enclosure assembly for water lines, condensate lines, refrigerant lines and electrical connections. If a non-louvered service access panel is used or if an alternate return air location is required an optional return air cutout is provided. Figure 13 Figure 12 139

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons ELECTRICAL & CONDENSATE DRAIN 8. There are four termination points for the electrical wiring. There are two on each side of the electrical box. See pages 144 & 145 for electrical drawings. Wiring must be installed according to prevailing codes and regulations. The fan coil unit has one condensate drain connection on either side of the drain pan for either left or right hand drain connection. The opposite drain connection not being used must be capped off by the installing contractor. The middle drain connection is the safety condensate drain connection. Ensure that all condensate drain lines have at least one quarter of an inch of fall per foot for proper drainage. Figure 14 WATER COIL CONNECTIONS 9. The fan coil unit comes with a manual air bleed and a manual coil drain fitting. They are located on the same side as the supply and return water line connections. The water supply line is connected to the coil connection furthest away from the fans. The water return line is connected to the coil connection closest to the fans. Ensure that both the supply and return water lines are insulated to prevent them from sweating. Figure 15 Manual Air Bleed Entry Points Typical Both Ends Manual Coil Drain Figure 13 Electrical Terminations Figure 14 Points Figure 14 Optional Return Air Cutout Left and Right Hand Drain Connections Figure 15 Safety Drain Connection Water Return Connection Water Supply Connection 140

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS 10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel. Figure 16 & 17 11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used, it is recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the recommended filter sizes. Figure 18 Fan Coil Mounting Bolts Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure Supply Duct Flange Optional Return Air Cutout Frame Enclosure Supplied By Installing Contractor Ceiling Hinged Service Access Panel Louvered Panel Shown Return Air Figure 16 Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP) 141

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS Louvered & Non-Louvered Fan Panel Model A B C Coil Number Size (in) (in) (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5 A B C (typ) Figure 17 FAN COIL MODEL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) MHNCCW04 18 36 MHNCCW06 18 36 MHNCCW08 18 36 MHNCCW10 18 36 MHNCCW12 2 qty 18 24 Figure 18 142

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork. Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed. Figure 19 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE Fan Enclosure A B Coil Model Number Size (in) (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75 MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75 MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75 A B Figure 19 143

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons MAITENANCE 1. Air Filter(s): Filters are an essential part of the quality of air that is provided to the occupants. Never operate HVAC equipment without filters. Filters help remove dust and unwanted particles from the air stream, helping to keep the space clean. They also keep this debris from collecting on the heat transfer surfaces of the unit thus maintaining optimum equipment efficiency and performance. These filters will be located either in the unit or upstream from the unit in the return air ductwork. Filters must be inspected, cleaned and/or changed routinely. This routine maintenance procedure will allow the unit to continually operate as designed, reduce service expenses and extend equipment/component life. and/or replacements in the event the unit fails to operate or is being serviced. If fuses are used, ensure that the replacement fuses are of the same size and type as the ones you are replacing. It is a good idea to keep replacement fuses of the appropriate size and type on hand. 3. Routine Check Up and Service: This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-annual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers: This unit must be connected to the buildings electric service in accordance with local/national electrical codes and regulations. These electrical connections will include over current protection in the form of fuses or circuit breakers. Have your contractor identify/label the circuits and the location of them so that you may be in a position to make inspections 144

MHNCCW-xx-01 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 145

MHNCCW-xx-03 Wiring Diagram 120-1-60 146

146

MHNCCW CERTIFIED DRAWING 147

MCCW Chilled/Hot Water Ceiling Concealed 2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 48,000-60,000 BTUH 148

MCCW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil MCCW- XX - H -1 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Heat/Cool Voltage 1= 208/230/-1-50/60 Nominal CFM 16=1600 20=2000 Available Model Numbers MCCW-16-H-1 MCCW-20-H-1 149

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled and Hot Water Fan Coil 2-Pipe Nominal Size: 48,000 60,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MCCW16 MCCW20 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Contain both a manual water drain and manual air bleed port per coil. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right hand secondary drain connection. 150

Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or fan speed control. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer. 2. Fan relays. 3. Optional thermostats. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block. 151

MCCW Product Specifications Physical Data Model Number Height (in) Length (in) Depth (in) Weight (lbs) Cooling Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) Drain (in) MCCW-16-H-1 13.78 48.50 20.00 68.34 3-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 MCCW-20-H-1 13.78 56.10 20.00 72.80 3-14 3/8 1.0 1.0 1/2 Electrical Data Model Number Nominal CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MCCW-16-H-1 1600 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 8 MCCW-20-H-1 2000 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 8 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 152

MCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 1600 42 MCCW-16 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) ( F) GPM 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 41.4 31.7 SC 31.0 27.3 WPD 4.7 4.7 TC 43.4 33.1 SC 31.7 27.8 WPD 6.0 6.0 TC 45.0 34.4 SC 32.3 28.3 WPD 7.4 7.4 TC 46.4 35.4 SC 32.8 28.7 WPD 9.0 9.0 NOMINAL CFM 1600 45 MCCW-16 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) ( F) GPM 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 38.0 29.0 SC 29.7 26.3 WPD 4.7 4.7 TC 39.8 30.4 SC 30.4 26.8 WPD 6.0 6.0 TC 41.3 31.5 SC 30.9 27.2 WPD 7.4 7.4 TC 42.5 32.5 SC 31.4 27.6 WPD 9.0 9.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 153

MCCW Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 2000 42 MCCW-20 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) ( F) GPM 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 52.7 40.3 SC 37.8 33.0 WPD 9.4 9.4 TC 54.3 41.5 SC 38.4 33.5 WPD 11.4 11.4 TC 55.7 42.5 SC 38.9 33.9 WPD 13.5 13.5 TC 56.8 43.4 SC 39.4 34.2 WPD 15.9 15.9 NOMINAL CFM 2000 45 MCCW-20 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) ( F) GPM 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 48.4 37.0 SC 36.1 31.7 WPD 9.4 9.4 TC 49.9 38.1 SC 36.7 32.1 WPD 11.4 11.4 TC 51.1 39.0 SC 37.2 32.5 WPD 13.5 13.5 TC 52.1 39.8 SC 37.6 32.8 WPD 15.9 15.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 154

MCCW Hot Water Performance Data MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 7.0 4.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 132.2 142.4 152.6 8.0 6.0 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 134.7 145.0 155.4 50 1600 9.0 7.4 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 136.7 147.2 157.7 10.0 9.0 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 138.4 149.0 159.7 MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 7.0 4.7 40.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 132.2 142.4 8.0 6.0 41.4 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 134.7 145.0 60 1600 9.0 7.4 42.1 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 136.7 147.2 10.0 9.0 42.6 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 138.4 149.0 MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 7.0 4.7 30.5 40.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 132.2 8.0 6.0 31.1 41.4 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 134.7 70 1600 9.0 7.4 31.5 42.1 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 136.7 10.0 9.0 31.9 42.6 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 138.4 MCCW-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 7.0 4.7 20.3 30.5 40.7 50.9 61.0 71.2 81.4 91.5 101.7 111.9 122.1 8.0 6.0 20.7 31.1 41.4 51.8 62.2 72.5 82.9 93.2 103.6 114.0 124.3 80 1600 9.0 7.4 21.0 31.5 42.1 52.6 63.1 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.2 115.7 126.2 10.0 9.0 21.3 31.9 42.6 53.2 63.9 74.5 85.2 95.8 106.4 117.1 127.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 155

MCCW Hot Water Performance Data MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 9.0 9.4 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.0 117.9 129.6 141.4 153.2 165.0 176.8 10.0 11.4 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 155.1 167.0 178.9 50 2000 11.0 13.5 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 156.6 168.7 180.7 12.0 15.9 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 157.8 170.0 182.1 MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 9.0 9.4 47.1 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.1 117.9 129.6 141.4 153.2 165.0 10.0 11.4 47.7 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 155.1 167.0 60 2000 11.0 13.5 48.2 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 156.6 168.7 12.0 15.9 48.6 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 157.8 170.0 MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 9.0 9.4 35.4 47.1 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.1 117.9 129.6 141.4 153.2 10.0 11.4 35.8 47.7 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 155.1 70 2000 11.0 13.5 36.1 48.2 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 156.6 12.0 15.9 36.4 48.6 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 157.8 MCCW-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING NOMINAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD AIR ( F) CFM 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 9.0 9.4 23.6 35.4 47.1 58.9 70.7 82.5 94.3 106.1 117.9 129.6 141.4 10.0 11.4 23.9 35.8 47.7 59.6 71.6 83.5 95.4 107.4 119.3 131.2 143.1 80 2000 11.0 13.5 24.1 36.1 48.2 60.2 72.3 84.3 96.4 108.4 120.5 132.5 144.6 12.0 15.9 24.3 36.4 48.6 60.7 72.9 85.0 97.1 109.3 121.4 133.6 145.7 \ These specifications are subject to change without notice. 156

MCCW CFM and Glycol Adjustments Nominal CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table Model Hi Speed Number 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 MCCW-16 1435 1420 1390 1355 1316 1281 MCCW-20 1435 1415 1400 1363 1325 1290 Example: MCCW-16 @ 0.30 ESP produces 1281 cfm. Locate 1281 cfm (for the MCCW-16) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 157. (TC =.91 & SC =.89) Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the MCCW-16 on page 153 or the hot water capacity on page 155 by the adjustment factors to achieve the capacity adjustment. Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # MCCW-16 MCCW-20 CFM TC SC TC SC 1281 0.91 0.89 1290 0.91 0.89 0.92 0.92 1300 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 1325 0.94 0.93 0.94 0.93 1350 0.96 0.95 0.96 0.95 1375 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.96 1400 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1435 1 1 1 1 These specifications are subject to change without notice 157

158

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. horizontal configuration only. See figure 2 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. See figures 3-5 for converting the coil hand of connection. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS) MCCW-16 68.34 MCCW-20 72.80 Figure 1 This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a 159

INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons FAN COIL DIMENSIONS Fan Coil Model Number A B C D E F MCCW16 56.38 51.85 50.20 13.74 9.49 19.80 MCCW20 56.38 51.85 50.20 13.74 9.49 19.80.5 Air Vent Water Return D E Water Supply 1 Coil Drain.75 (MPT) Condensate Drain Connection (Both Ends) B F A C Mounting Notches Drain Pan Figure 2 160

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONVERTING COIL HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 3 1. Remove the eleven screws that attach the top to the fan coil assembly and remove the top. Figure 3 2. Remove the eight screws that hold the coil into the fan coil frame assembly. Four screws per side. Figure 4 3 Slide the coil out of the fan coil frame assembly toward the coil supply and return line connections. Ensure that care is taken when removing and inserting the coil not to damage the coil fins. Insert the coil into the fan coil frame assembly from the other end and reverse procedures 3 & 4 to reassemble the fan coil. Figure 5 Figure 4 Figure 5 161

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCW Fan Coils 1-3 Tons INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the ten screws that attach the electrical assembly to the fan coil unit. Do not separate the electrical assembly from the blower assembly. These two assemblies will be removed in the next step. Figure 6 Figure 6 2. Remove the five screws attaching the blower assembly to the coil assembly. Separate the electrical and blower assemblies from the coil assembly. Figure 7 3. Insert the coil assembly into the enclosure assembly starting with the discharge air opening of the coil first. Ensure that the discharge of the coil is inserted into the discharge of the enclosure completely. Failure to completely insert the coil discharge will result in recirculation of the discharge air. Figure 8 Figure 7 Figure 8 162

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons 4. Align the fan coil mounting bolts up with the four mounting notches provided in the coil assembly top. Secure the coil assembly to the enclosure with two mounting bolts per side. Ensure that the coil assembly is level in both directions to allow proper drainage and operation. Figure 9 5. Reinstall the blower assembly onto the coil assembly using the five screws previously removed in step 2 figure 7. Figure 10 Figure 9 6. Reinstall the electrical assembly onto the coil assembly using the ten screws previously removed in step 1 figure 6. Figure 11 ELECTRICAL, COIL, DRAIN AND RETURN / SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 10 7. There are multiple entry points on the factory supplied enclosure assembly for water lines, condensate lines, refrigerant lines and electrical connections. If a non-louvered service access panel is used or if an alternate return air location is required an optional return air cutout is provided. Figure 12 Figure 11 163

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons ELECTRICAL & CONDENSATE DRAIN 8. There are four termination points for the electrical wiring. There are two on each side of the electrical box. See page 169 for electrical drawings. Wiring must be installed according to prevailing codes and regulations. The fan coil unit has one condensate drain connection on either side of the drain pan for either left or right hand drain connection. The opposite drain connection not being used must be capped off by the installing contractor. The middle drain connection is the safety condensate drain connection. Ensure that all condensate drain lines have at least one quarter of an inch of fall per foot for proper drainage. Figure 13 WATER COIL CONNECTIONS 9. The fan coil unit comes with a manual air bleed and a manual coil drain fitting. They are located on the same side as the supply and return water line connections. The water supply line is connected to the coil connection furthest away from the fans. The water return line is connected to the coil connection closest to the fans. Ensure that both the supply and return water lines are insulated to prevent them from sweating. Figure 14 Manual Air Bleed Entry Points Typical Both Ends Manual Coil Drain Figure 12 Electrical Terminations Figure 14 Points Figure 13 Optional Return Air Cutout Left and Right Hand Drain Connections Figure 14 Safety Drain Connection Water Return Connection Water Supply Connection 164

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS 10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel. Figure 15 & 16 11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the recommended filter sizes. Figure 17 Fan Coil Mounting Bolts Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure Supply Duct Flange Optional Return Air Cutout Frame Enclosure Supplied By Installing Contractor Ceiling Hinged Service Access Panel Louvered Panel Shown Return Air Figure 15 Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP) 165

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS Louvered & Non-Louvered Fan Panel Model A B C Coil Number Size (in) (in) (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5 A B C (typ) Figure 16 FAN COIL MODEL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) MHNCCW04 18 36 MHNCCW06 18 36 MHNCCW08 18 36 MHNCCW10 18 36 MHNCCW12 2 qty 18 24 Figure 17 166

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons 12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork. Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed. Figure 18 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE Fan Enclosure A B Coil Model Number Size (in) (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75 MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75 MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75 A B Figure 18 167

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MCCW Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons MAITENANCE 1. Air Filter(s): Filters are an essential part of the quality of air that is provided to the occupants. Never operate HVAC equipment without filters. Filters help remove dust and unwanted particles from the air stream, helping to keep the space clean. They also keep this debris from collecting on the heat transfer surfaces of the unit thus maintaining optimum equipment efficiency and performance. These filters will be located either in the unit or upstream from the unit in the return air ductwork. Filters must be inspected, cleaned and/or changed routinely. This routine maintenance procedure will allow the unit to continually operate as designed, reduce service expenses and extend equipment/component life. and/or replacements in the event the unit fails to operate or is being serviced. If fuses are used, ensure that the replacement fuses are of the same size and type as the ones you are replacing. It is a good idea to keep replacement fuses of the appropriate size and type on hand. 3. Routine Check Up and Service: This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/ changes, bi-annual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers: This unit must be connected to the buildings electric service in accordance with local/national electrical codes and regulations. These electrical connections will include over current protection in the form of fuses or circuit breakers. Have your contractor identify/label the circuits and the location of them so that you may be in a position to make inspections 168

MCCW-xx-01 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 169

MCCW CERTIFIED DRAWING 170

MHWW Chilled/Hot Water Hi-Wall Fan Coil 2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 9,000-36,000 BTUH 171

MHWW NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Hi-Wall Fan Coil MHWW- XX - H -1 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Heat/Cool Voltage 1= 208/230/-1-50/60 Nominal BTUH 09 = 9,000 12 = 12,000 18 = 8,000 24 = 24,000 36 = 36,000 Available Model Numbers MHWW-09-H-1 MHWW-12-H-1 MHWW-18-H-1 MHWW-24-H-1 MHWW-36-H-1 172

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled and Hot Water Hi-Wall Fan Coil 2-Pipe Nominal Size: 9,000 36,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MHWW-09 MHWW-12 MHWW-18 MHWW-24 MHWW-36 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with high impact molded polymers. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with high quality. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of high impact polymers. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. 4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be molded with high impact polymers. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a flexible drain tubing that is accessible from the back of the unit. 173

G. Filters: 1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Controls shall include a circuit board, room sensor, indoor coil thermistor, transformer and wireless remote. C. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. B. Discharge air sensor. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Unit shall incorporate a three prong male primary electrical power cord. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. 174

MHWW Product Specifications Model Number Height (in) Length (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Weight (lbs) Cooling Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) MHWW-09-H-1 11.70 34.65 6.70 25.70 2-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 MHWW-12-H-1 12.00 39.00 7.10 27.50 2-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 MHWW-18-H-1 14.17 46.14 8.10 44.40 2-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 MHWW-24-H-1 14.17 46.14 8.10 46.20 3-18 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 MHWW-36-H-1 14.25 56.50 8.37 50.50 3-18 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 Drain (in) Electrical Data Model Number Hi Spe ed CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHWW-09-H-01 270 1/60 0.14 MHWW-12-H-01 330 1/60 0.17 208/230-1-50/60 MHWW-18-H-01 480 1/20 0.24 MHWW-24-H-01 600 1/20 0.35.18 1.18 1.30 1.44 1 MHWW-36-H-01 850 1/12 0.42.53 1 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 175

MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data MHWW-09 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 10.5 8.0 1.8 SC 7.9 7.0 WPD 3.6 3.6 TC 11.8 9.0 2.0 SC 8.4 7.4 270 42 WPD 6.0 6.0 TC 12.7 9.7 2.5 SC 8.7 7.6 WPD 9.0 9.0 TC 13.3 10.2 3.0 SC 9.0 7.8 WPD 12.6 12.6 MHWW-09 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 9.6 7.3 1.8 SC 7.6 6.7 WPD 3.6 3.6 TC 10.8 8.3 2.0 SC 8.1 7.1 270 45 WPD 6.0 6.0 TC 11.6 8.9 2.5 SC 8.3 7.3 WPD 9.0 9.0 TC 12.2 9.3 3.0 SC 8.6 7.5 WPD 12.6 12.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 176

MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data MHWW-12 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 13.7 10.4 3.0 SC 9.2 8.0 WPD 11.4 11.4 TC 14.3 10.9 4.0 SC 9.4 8.2 330 42 WPD 15.9 15.9 TC 14.8 11.3 5.0 SC 9.6 8.3 WPD 17.6 17.6 TC 15.1 11.5 6.0 SC 9.8 8.4 WPD 21.2 21.2 MHWW-12 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 12.5 9.6 3.0 SC 8.8 7.6 WPD 11.4 11.4 TC 13.1 10.0 4.0 SC 9 7.8 330 45 WPD 15.9 15.9 TC 13.5 10.3 5.0 SC 9.1 7.9 WPD 17.6 17.6 TC 13.9 10.6 6.0 SC 9.3 8.0 WPD 21.2 21.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 177

MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data MHWW-18 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 18.6 14.2 3.6 SC 13.9 12.3 WPD 3.8 3.8 TC 19.9 15.2 4.0 SC 14.4 12.6 480 42 WPD 5.1 5.1 TC 20.8 15.9 5.0 SC 14.7 12.9 WPD 6.5 6.5 TC 21.5 16.4 6.0 SC 15.0 13.1 WPD 8.1 8.1 MHWW-18 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 17.1 13.1 3.6 SC 13.4 11.8 WPD 3.8 3.8 TC 18.2 13.9 4.0 SC 13.8 12.1 480 45 WPD 5.1 5.1 TC 19.1 14.6 5.0 SC 14.1 12.4 WPD 6.5 6.5 TC 19.7 15.0 6.0 SC 14.3 12.6 WPD 8.1 8.1 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 178

MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data MHWW-24 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 23.0 17.6 4.8 SC 16.0 14.0 WPD 8.3 8.3 TC 23.8 18.2 5.0 SC 16.3 14.2 WPD 10.3 10.3 600 42 TC 24.5 18.7 6.0 SC 16.6 14.4 WPD 12.6 12.6 TC 25.0 19.1 7.0 SC 16.8 14.6 WPD 15.0 15.0 MHWW-24 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 21.1 16.1 4.8 SC 15.3 13.4 WPD 8.3 8.3 TC 21.8 16.7 5.0 SC 15.6 13.6 600 45 WPD 10.3 10.3 TC 22.4 17.1 6.0 SC 15.8 13.8 WPD 12.6 12.6 TC 23.0 17.5 7.0 SC 16.0 13.9 WPD 15.0 15.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 179

MHWW Chilled Water Performance Data MHWW-36 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 33.8 25.9 7.2 SC 24.6 21.6 WPD 11.8 11.8 TC 34.6 26.5 8.0 SC 24.8 21.8 850 42 WPD 13.7 13.7 TC 35.4 27.0 9.0 SC 25.1 22.0 WPD 15.8 15.8 TC 36.0 27.5 10.0 SC 25.4 22.2 WPD 17.9 17.9 MHWW-36 COOLING CAPACITIES CFM EWT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. TC 31.1 23.7 7.2 SC 23.5 20.8 WPD 11.8 11.8 TC 31.8 24.3 8.0 SC 23.8 21.0 850 45 WPD 13.7 13.7 TC 32.4 24.8 9.0 SC 24.0 21.2 WPD 15.8 15.8 TC 33.0 25.2 10.0 SC 24.3 21.3 WPD 17.9 17.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 180

MHWW Hot Water Performance Data MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3 38.9 2.0 6.0 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9 40.7 50 270 2.5 9.0 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0 41.7 3.0 12.6 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 42.5 MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 36.3 2.0 6.0 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 37.9 60 270 2.5 9.0 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 39.0 3.0 12.6 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 2.0 6.0 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 70 270 2.5 9.0 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 3.0 12.6 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 36.9 MHWW-09 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.5 3.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 2.0 6.0 5.4. 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 80 270 2.5 9.0 5.6 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 3.0 12.6 5.7 8.5 11.3 14.2 17.0 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 34.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 181

MHWW Hot Water Performance Data MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.5 11.4 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 37.5 40.3 43.2 3.0 15.9 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 36.9 41.1 44.0 50 330 3.5 17.6 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 38.6 41.6 44.6 4.0 21.2 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 38.9 41.9 44.9 MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.5 11.4 11.5 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 37.5 40.3 3.0 15.9 11.7 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 38.1 41.1 60 330 3.5 17.6 11.9 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 38.6 41.6 4.0 21.2 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 38.9 41.9 MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.5 11.4 8.6 11.5 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 37.5 3.0 15.9 8.8 11.7 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 38.1 70 330 3.5 17.6 8.9 11.9 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 38.6 4.0 21.2 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 38.9 MHWW-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.5 11.4 5.8 8.6 11.5 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 25.9 28.8 31.7 34.6 3.0 15.9 5.9 8.8 11.7 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 26.4 29.3 32.3 35.2 80 330 3.5 17.6 5.9 8.9 11.9 14.9 17.8 20.8 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.6 4.0 21.2 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 29.9 32.9 35.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 182

MHWW Hot Water Performance Data MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 32.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 67.9 3.5 5.1 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 60.3 64.9 69.6 50 480 4.0 6.5 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1 70.9 4.5 8.1 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 62.3 67.1 71.8 MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 3.5 5.1 18.6 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 60.3 64.9 60 480 4.0 6.5 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 66.1 4.5 8.1 19.2 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 62.3 67.1 MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 13.6 18.1 19.5 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 3.5 5.1 13.9 18.6 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 60.3 70 480 4.0 6.5 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 61.4 4.5 8.1 14.4 19.2 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 62.3 MHWW-18 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 3.0 3.8 9.0 13.6 18.1 22.6 27.1 31.7 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 3.5 5.1 9.3 13.9 18.6 23.2 27.8 32.5 37.1 41.7 46.4 51.0 55.7 80 480 4.0 6.5 9.4 14.2 18.9 23.6 28.3 33.1 37.8 42.5 47.2 52.0 56.7 4.5 8.1 9.6 14.4 19.2 23.9 28.7 33.5 38.3 43.1 47.9 52.7 57.5 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 183

MHWW Hot Water Performance Data MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 8.3 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6 70.6 75.7 4.5 10.3 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5 71.6 76.7 50 600 5.0 12.6 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3 72.4 77.6 5.5 15.0 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9 73.1 78.4 MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 8.3 20.2 25.2 30.2 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6 70.6 4.5 10.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5 71.6 60 600 5.0 12.6 20.7 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3 72.4 5.5 15.0 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9 73.1 MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 8.3 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6 4.5 10.3 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5 70 600 5.0 12.6 15.5 20.7 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3 5.5 15.0 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9 MHWW-24 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 4.0 8.3 10.1 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 4.5 10.3 10.2 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46.0 51.2 56.3 61.4 80 600 5.0 12.6 10.3 15.5 20.7 25.9 31.0 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 5.5 15.0 10.4 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47.0 52.2 57.5 62.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 184

MHWW Hot Water Performance Data MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 6.5 11.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 103.3 111.3 119.2 7.0 13.7 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 104.3 112.3 120.3 50 850 7.5 15.8 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 105.2 113.3 121.4 8.0 17.9 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 106.0 114.1 122.3 MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 6.5 11.8 31.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 103.3 111.3 7.0 13.7 32.1 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 104.3 112.3 60 850 7.5 15.8 32.4 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 105.2 113.3 8.0 17.9 32.6 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 106.0 114.1 MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 6.5 11.8 23.8 31.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 103.3 7.0 13.7 24.1 32.1 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 104.3 70 850 7.5 15.8 24.3 32.4 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 105.2 8.0 17.9 24.5 32.6 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 106.0 MHWW-36 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 6.5 11.8 15.9 23.8 31.8 39.7 47.7 55.6 63.6 71.5 79.5 87.4 95.4 7.0 13.7 16.0 24.1 32.1 40.1 48.1 56.2 64.2 72.2 80.2 88.3 96.3 80 850 7.5 15.8 16.2 24.3 32.4 40.5 48.5 56.6 64.7 72.8 80.9 89.0 97.1 8.0 17.9 16.3 24.5 32.6 40.8 48.9 57.1 65.2 73.4 81.5 89.7 97.8 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 185

MHWW Capacity and Glycol Adjustments CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # MHWW-09 MHWW-12 MHWW-18 MHWW-24 MHWW-36 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC 200 0.91 0.88 225 0.93 0.90 250 0.96 0.93 0.92 0.86 275 0.94 0.89 300 0.96 0.92 325 0.98 0.95 350 375 0.90 0.86 400 0.92 0.88 425 0.94 0.90 450 0.96 0.93 0.86 0.84 500 0.88 0.85 525 0.91 0.88 550 0.94 0.91 575 0.98 0.94 600 650 675 0.82 0.80 700 0.85 0.82 725 0.88 0.85 750 0.91 0.88 775 0.93 0.90 800 0.96 0.93 825 0.98 0.95 Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 These specifications are subject to change without notice 186

187

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000-36,000 BTUH -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found, a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation, ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only. See figure 2 for fan coil and mounting plate dimensions. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs) MHWW-09-H-1 25.70 MHWW-12-H-1 27.50 MHWW-18-H-1 44.40 MHWW-24-H-1 46.20 MHWW-36-H-1 50.50 Figure 1 188

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000-36,000 BTUH Fan Coil Model Number FAN COIL AND MOUNTING PLATE DIMENSIONS (in) A B C D E F G H I J K Field Supplied Hole L Field Supplied Hole MHWW-09 34.6 11.7 7.5 7.5 3.5 2.7 1.6 0.8 1.8 0.8 2.8 2.8 MHWW-12 39.0 12.0 7.5 7.5 3.6 2.7 1.5 1.1 1.7 1.0 2.8 2.8 MHWW-18 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8 MHWW-24 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8 MHWW-36 57.1 14.4 4.0 4.0 6.1 2.8 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.8 2.8 2.8 A C D B Mounting Plate H G K E F L I J Figure 2 189

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING PLATE Figure 3 1. After a suitable place for installation has been selected, place the mounting plate horizontally on the wall. Make sure the alignment is horizontal. Use a plumb line if available. Mark on the wall where the mounting holes will be drilled. Figure 3 2. Drill the holes for the type of mounting hardware to be used. Check local building codes for correct mounting hardware. Secure the mounting plate and check for stiffness. Figure 4 3 Drill a diagonal piping access hole (2.75 ) in diameter on both sides of the mounting bracket. Refer to figure 2 for field supplied hole locations Figure 4 4. Check local and national codes for piping access wall penetrations. See figure 5 if wall sleeves are required. Figure 5 Figure 5 190

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT ONTO MOUNTING PLATE 1. Route the fan coil piping, electrical, valve control wires and/or flexible drain hose through either of the 2.75 previously drilled holes in step 3 figure 4. Ensure that the piping is insulated per local and national codes. Improper insulation could result in voided warranty and/or building damage. Figure 6 Figure 6 2. There is a piping channel in the bottom portion of the back of the units for crossover piping, drain, valve control or electrical. Figure 7 Figure 7 3. Figure 8 depicts (from the back of the unit) the 24 vac valve control wires on the left and the 220 vac power cord on the right. These can be routed to either the right or left hand side of the fan coil. Figure 8 Figure 8 191

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT ONTO MOUNTING PLATE 4. Ensure that the drain tubing is installed with at least 1/4 per foot of downward slope. 5. Secure the fan coil to the mounting plate by first sliding the fan coil onto the two notches provided on the mounting plate. Figure 9 & 10 Figure 9 6. Push the bottom of the fan coil towards the wall in order to engage the locking clips. Figure 11 7. Connect the liquid solution piping flared fittings and pressure test lines to make sure there are no leaks. 8. Connect the condensate drain hose. Make certain that the drain has no traps or dips in the line that would impede drainage. Figure 10 9. Carefully seal any wall penetrations per local and national codes. Figure 11 192

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING THE FAN COIL COVER AND AIR PURGING THE LIQUID SOLUTION COIL. 1. Fold up the filter cover and remove the three screw covers and screws that are located below the discharge air grille. Remove the one screw located between the two filter racks. Figure 12 Figure 12 2. Grasp the bottom, sides of the cover and pull outward. Figure 13 3. After fan coil and piping has been pressurized and the fan coil and piping has no indication of leaks, fill the system with liquid solution. 4. Energize the control valve to allow the coil to fill up with liquid solution. Figure 13 5. Open the purging valve by using a standard screw driver and support fitting with a wrench. Ensure that any water that discharges from the purging valve does not come in contact with the electrical components. Figure 14 6. When air purging is complete, close off the purging valve and check for leaks. Figure 14 193

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE Wireless Control: Standard Control Package (Page 195) Optional Wired Control: EG-003 (Page 200) 194

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE Wireless Control: Name and function of remote controller Note: Be sure there are no obstructions between receiver and remote controller. The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 21 feet. Do not throw or drop the remote controller. Do not put any liquid in the remote controller and do not put it in direct sunlight or any place where it is very hot. Remove batteries when the remote controller is not in use for extended periods of time. The remote controller should be placed 3 or more feet away from any electric appliance. LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER: INDICATOR LIGHTS REMOTE SETTING FUNCTION RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY RED-OFF DRY HUMIDITY CONTROL, WATER FLOW, NO FAN RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL DEPENDENT ON ROOM TEMP & SET TEMP RED-ORANGE ALERT FAN COIL WAITING FOR EWT TO REACH PROPER TEMPERATURE NECESSARY TO SATISFY SET POINT 195

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE FUNCTION 1. TRANSMISSION SOURCE - Infra red transmission source 2. POWER - Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa. (Red LED left will light to indicate the control is on) 3. MODE - To select desired operation mode. It will switch from one to another as shown. COOL - Cooling operation. DRY - Humidity control. HEAT - Heating operation. FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability. AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and COOL mode, depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature. 4. FAN - To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below. - When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will run at the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low). - If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low speed until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at which point the fan will return to auto speed control Fan speed sequence 196

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE FUNCTION 5. TEMPERATURE SETTING - Press to increase set temperature. - Press to decrease set temperature. - Press and Simultaneously to toggle between C and F display mode. - Temperature range: 16 C to 30 C in C display mode and 60 F to 86 F in F display mode. 6. DELAY TIMER SETTING - The delay timer is capable of delaying both on and off functions. The delay feature will take affect in all modes with the exception of the sleep mode. Each time the and is pressed it increases or decreases the On or OFF set point by 1 hour; up to a maximum of 18 hours. To set the OFF DELAY: -With the system in operation, enter the system OFF time by pressing the button to the desired number of hours ahead that the system will be allowed to run. When the number of hours entered has elapsed the system will turn off. To set the ON DELAY: - Set the on delay by entering the desired mode of operation (fan, heat, cool and the appropriate temperature. This will be the settings the system will follow when operation resumes. After setting the mode and any applicable temperature with the control, turn the remote off. Now enter the number of hours to elapse before operation resumes by pressing the button on the remote to the desired number. When the time (in hours) entered has elapsed, the system will resume operation according to the pre-set mode and temperature. 197

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE 7. CANCEL - To cancel any setting on the delay timer. 8. LOUVER - Two different functions are available: 1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as follows. 2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows. 9. SLEEP - This function when selected will allow the user to determine a sleep period. In cooling the selected temperature will rise to 1 above set point in 1/2 hour, rising to 2 in 1 hour, rising again to 4 after 2 hours of the SLEEP CYCLE. SLEEP FUNCTION DISPLAY 10. DRY - This function operates to control humidity within a conditioned space. It measures the difference between set point and the actual room temperature. An algorithm determines how far above set point the actual room temperature is to set point temperature and selects periods of water valve operation and low fan operation. The greater the difference between room temperature and set point temperature prompts greater run time with less temperature. With less temperature differences, periods of fan and valve operation are called for in varying increments as determined by the difference. In this mode (low speed) fan operation will start 30 seconds after valve has opened and stops 30 seconds after valve has closed. 198

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE 11. AUTO - This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and cooling operation. If the preset auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7 below selected control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation will begin only when the room temperature is 3 above selected control set point. 12. TRANSMISSION INDICATOR - Blinks twice to indicate that transmission has taken place between remote and receiver. - Beeps indicate fan coil acknowledging receipt of transmission. TRANSMISSION INDICATOR 13. HOW TO INSERT BATTERIES 1. Remove the battery cover from the back of the remote. 2. Insert the (2) AAA batteries. Ensure that the polarity of the batteries are as shown inside of the battery compartment. 3. Re-attach the battery compartment cover. 199

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE Optional Wired Control: EG-003 LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER: INDICATOR LIGHTS SETTING FUNCTION RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY 1. POWER - Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa. 2. MODE - To select desired operation mode. It will switch from one to another as shown. COOL - Cooling operation. HEAT - Heating operation. FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability. AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and COOL mode depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature. 3. FAN - To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below. - When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will run at the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low). - If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low speed until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at this point the fan will return to auto speed control Fan Speed Sequence 200

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWW CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE FUNCTION 4. TEMPERATURE SETTING - Press to increase set temperature. - Press to decrease set temperature. - Press and Simultaneously to toggle between C and F display mode. - Temperature range: 16 C to 30 C in C display mode and 60 F to 86 F in F display mode. 5. CANCEL - To cancel any setting on the delay timer. 6. LOUVER - Two different functions are available: 1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as follows. 2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows. 7. AUTO - This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and cooling operation. If the present auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7 below selected control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation will begin only when the room temperature is 3 above selected control set point. 201

MHWW-09-H-1 & MHWW-12-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 202

MHWW-18-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 203

MHWW-24-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 204

MHWW-36-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 205

MHWW CERTIFIED DRAWING 206

CFFWA Chilled/Hot Water Universal Mount Fan Coil 2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000-60,000 BTUH 207

CFFWA NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Universal Mount Fan Coil CFFWA- XX - 1 - U 2-Pipe Heat/Cool Control Option 24 vac Ready Voltage 1=208/230/-1-50/60 Nominal CFM 04=400 06=600 08=800 12=1200 16=1600 20=2000 Available Model Numbers CFFWA-04-1-U CFFWA-06-1-U CFFWA-08-1-U CFFWA-12-1-U CFFWA-16-1-U CFFWA-20-1-U 208

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled and Hot Water Universal Mount Fan Coil 2-Pipe Nominal Size: 12,000 60,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: CFFWA-04-1-U CFFWA-06-1-U CFFWA-08-1-U CFFWA-12-1-U CFFWA-16-1-U CFFWA-20-1-U Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with galvanized steel and high impact molded polymers. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested chilled and hot water fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with high quality. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of high impact polymers. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. 4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a drain tubing that is accessible from the back, bottom and side of the unit. 209

G. Filters: 1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat. C. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Electrical shall include a terminal block. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. 210

CFFWA Product Specifications Model Number Height (in) Length (in) Physical Data Depth (in) Weight (lbs) Cooling Rows FPI Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) CFFWA-04-1-U 25.27 40.31 9.01 79.37 2-13 1/2 1/2 1/2 CFFWA-06-1-U 25.27 40.31 9.01 83.77 3-13 1/2 1/2 1/2 CFFWA-08-1-U 25.27 40.31 9.01 88.18 4-13 1/2 1/2 1/2 CFFWA-12-1-U 25.27 52.13 9.01 116.84 3-13 3/4 3/4 1/2 CFFWA-16-1-U 25.27 75.78 9.01 158.73 3-14 3/4 3/4 1/2 CFFWA-20-1-U 25.27 75.78 9.01 163.14 4-14 1 1 1/2 Drain (in) Electrical Data Model Number CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps CFFWA-04-1-U 436 1/15 0.56.70 2 CFFWA-06-1-U 520 1/15 0.56.70 2 CFFWA-08-1-U 650 1/8 0.83 1.04 3 CFFWA-12-1-U 735 CFFWA-16-1-U 1360 CFFWA-20-1-U 1335 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 & 1/20 1/8 & 1/8 1/8 & 1/8 2.09 2.49 4 3.18 3.59 5 3.18 3.59 5 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 211

CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data CFM 436 42 CFFWA-04 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 TC 10.5 8.0 SC 7.9 7.0 WPD 3.6 3.6 TC 11.8 9.0 SC 8.4 7.4 WPD 6.0 6.0 TC 12.7 9.7 SC 8.7 7.6 WPD 9.0 9.0 TC 13.3 10.2 SC 9.0 7.8 WPD 12.6 12.6 CFM 436 45 CFFWA-04 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 TC 9.6 7.3 SC 7.6 6.7 WPD 3.6 3.6 TC 10.8 8.3 SC 8.1 7.1 WPD 6.0 6.0 TC 11.6 8.9 SC 8.3 7.3 WPD 9.0 9.0 TC 12.2 9.3 SC 8.6 7.5 WPD 12.6 12.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 212

CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data CFM 520 42 CFFWA-06 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 TC 18.4 14.1 SC 13.0 11.4 WPD 14.7 14.7 TC 19.2 14.7 SC 13.3 11.6 WPD 19.3 19.3 TC 19.9 15.2 SC 13.6 11.8 WPD 24.3 24.3 TC 20.3 15.5 SC 13.7 11.9 WPD 29.9 29.9 CFM 520 45 CFFWA-06 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 TC 16.9 12.9 SC 12.4 10.9 WPD 14.7 14.7 TC 17.6 13.5 SC 12.7 11.1 WPD 19.3 19.3 TC 18.2 13.9 SC 12.9 11.3 WPD 24.3 24.3 TC 18.6 14.2 SC 13.1 11.4 WPD 29.9 29.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 213

CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data CFM 650 42 CFFWA-08 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 TC 23.0 17.6 SC 16.0 14.0 WPD 8.3 8.3 TC 23.8 18.2 SC 16.3 14.2 WPD 10.3 10.3 TC 24.5 18.7 SC 16.6 14.4 WPD 12.6 12.6 TC 25.0 19.1 SC 16.8 14.6 WPD 15.0 15.0 CFM 650 45 CFFWA-08 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 TC 21.1 16.1 SC 15.3 13.4 WPD 8.3 8.3 TC 21.8 16.7 SC 15.6 13.6 WPD 10.3 10.3 TC 22.4 17.1 SC 15.8 13.8 WPD 12.6 12.6 TC 23.0 17.5 SC 16.0 13.9 WPD 15.0 15.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 214

CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data CFM 735 42 CFFWA-12 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 TC 37.6 28.7 SC 26.8 23.4 WPD 12.3 12.3 TC 38.5 29.4 SC 27.1 23.7 WPD 14.1 14.1 TC 39.3 30.0 SC 27.4 23.9 WPD 16.1 16.1 TC 40.0 30.5 SC 27.7 24.1 WPD 18.2 18.2 CFM 735 45 CFFWA-12 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 TC 34.5 26.4 SC 25.6 22.5 WPD 12.3 12.3 TC 35.3 27.0 SC 25.9 22.7 WPD 14.1 14.1 TC 36.0 27.5 SC 26.2 23.0 WPD 16.1 16.1 TC 36.7 28.0 SC 26.4 23.2 WPD 18.2 18.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 215

CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data CFM 1360 42 CFFWA-16 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 TC 49.8 38.0 SC 34.8 30.4 WPD 26.0 26.0 TC 50.5 38.6 SC 35.1 30.6 WPD 28.8 28.8 TC 51.1 39.0 SC 35.3 30.8 WPD 31.8 31.8 TC 51.7 39.5 SC 35.5 31.0 WPD 34.9 34.9 CFM 1360 45 CFFWA-16 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 TC 45.7 34.9 SC 33.3 29.2 WPD 26.0 26.0 TC 46.3 35.4 SC 33.5 29.4 WPD 28.8 28.8 TC 46.9 35.8 SC 33.8 29.6 WPD 31.8 31.8 TC 47.4 36.2 SC 33.9 29.7 WPD 34.9 34.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 216

CFFWA Chilled Water Performance Data CFM 1335 42 CFFWA-20 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 TC 52.2 39.8 SC 34.6 30.1 WPD 13.8 13.8 TC 52.7 40.3 SC 34.8 30.2 WPD 15.0 15.0 TC 53.3 40.7 SC 35.0 30.4 WPD 16.3 16.3 TC 53.8 41.1 SC 35.2 30.5 WPD 17.6 17.6 CFM 1335 45 CFFWA-20 COOLING CAPACITIES EWT GPM ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE (F) ( F) 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. 75 D.B. / 63 W.B. 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 TC 47.9 36.5 SC 32.9 28.8 WPD 13.8 13.8 TC 48.4 37.0 SC 33.1 28.9 WPD 15.0 15.0 TC 48.9 37.3 SC 33.3 29.1 WPD 16.3 16.3 TC 49.4 37.7 SC 33.5 29.2 WPD 17.6 17.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 217

CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 1.5 3.6 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 33.7 2 6 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 35.2 50 436 2.5 9 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 30.6 33.4 36.2 3 12.6 14.2 17 19.9 22.7 25.2 28.4 31.2 34 36.9 CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 1.5 3.6 10.4 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 31.1 2 6 10.8 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 32.5 60 436 2.5 9 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 30.6 33.4 3 12.6 11.5 14.4 17.2 20.1 23 25.9 28.7 31.6 34.5 CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 1.5 3.6 7.8 10.4 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 28.5 2 6 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 29.8 70 436 2.5 9 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 30.6 3 12.6 8.5 11.3 14.2 17 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 31.2 CFFWA-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 1.5 3.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9 2 6 5.4 8.1 10.8 13.6 16.3 19 21.7 24.4 27.1 80 436 2.5 9 5.6 8.3 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25 27.8 3 12.6 5.7 8.5 11.3 14.2 17 19.9 22.7 25.5 28.4 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 218

CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 3 14.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 45.9 50.1 54.2 3.5 19.3 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 46.7 50.9 55.2 50 520 4 24.3 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 47.2 51.5 55.8 4.5 29.9 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.5 51.8 56.1 CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 3 14.7 16.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 45.9 50.1 3.5 19.3 17 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 46.7 50.9 60 520 4 24.3 17.2 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 47.2 51.5 4.5 29.9 17.3 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.5 51.8 CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 3 14.7 12.5 16.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 45.9 3.5 19.3 12.7 17 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 46.7 70 520 4 24.3 12.9 17.2 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 47.2 4.5 29.9 13 17.3 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.5 CFFWA-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 3 14.7 8.3 12.5 16.7 20.9 25 29.2 33.4 37.5 41.7 3.5 19.3 8.5 12.7 17 21.2 25.5 29.7 33.9 38.2 42.4 80 520 4 24.3 8.6 12.9 17.2 21.5 25.7 30 34.3 38.6 42.9 4.5 29.9 8.7 13 17.3 21.6 25.9 30.2 34.5 38.9 43.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 219

CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 4 8.3 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 65.6 4.5 10.3 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 56.3 61.4 66.5 50 650 5 12.6 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 67.3 5.5 15 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 57.5 62.7 67.9 CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 4 8.3 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 60.5 4.5 10.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 56.3 61.4 60 650 5 12.6 20.7 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 62.1 5.5 15 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 57.5 62.7 CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 4 8.3 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 55.5 4.5 10.3 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 56.3 70 650 5 12.6 15.5 20.7 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 56.9 5.5 15 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 57.5 CFFWA-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 4 8.3 10.1 15.1 20.2 25.2 30.3 35.3 40.4 45.4 50.4 4.5 10.3 10.2 15.3 20.5 25.6 30.7 35.8 40.9 46 51.2 80 650 5 12.6 10.3 15.5 20.7 25.9 31 36.2 41.4 46.6 51.7 5.5 15 10.4 15.7 20.9 26.1 31.3 36.6 41.8 47 52.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 220

CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 6.5 12.3 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 93 101.5 109.9 7 14.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 102.4 111 50 735 7.5 16.1 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 94.7 103.3 111.9 8 18.2 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 95.4 104 112.7 CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 6.5 12.3 33.8 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 93 101.5 7 14.1 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 84.5 93.9 102.4 60 735 7.5 16.1 34.4 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 94.7 103.3 8 18.2 34.7 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 95.4 104 CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 6.5 12.3 25.4 33.8 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 93 7 14.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 93.9 70 735 7.5 16.1 25.8 34.4 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 94.7 8 18.2 26 34.7 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 95.4 CFFWA-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 6.5 12.3 16.9 25.4 33.8 42.3 50.7 59.2 67.7 76.1 84.6 7 14.1 17.1 25.6 34.1 42.7 51.2 59.7 68.3 76.8 85.4 80 735 7.5 16.1 17.2 25.8 34.4 43 51.6 60.2 68.8 77.5 86.1 8 18.2 17.3 26 34.7 43.3 52 60.7 69.4 78 86.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 221

CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 9 26 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 120 130.9 141.8 9.5 28.8 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 120.7 131.7 142.6 50 1360 10 31.8 55.1 66.2 77.2 34.9 99.3 110.3 121.3 132.3 143.4 10.5 34.9 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 121.8 132.9 144 CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 9 26 43.6 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 120 130.9 9.5 28.8 43.9 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 120.7 131.7 60 1360 10 31.8 44.1 55.1 66.2 77.2 88.2 99.3 110.3 121.3 132.3 10.5 34.9 44.3 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 121.8 132.9 CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 9 16 32.7 43.6 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 120 9.5 28.8 32.9 43.9 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 120.7 70 1360 10 31.8 33.1 44.1 55.1 66.2 77.2 88.2 99.3 110.3 121.3 10.5 34.9 33.2 44.3 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 121.8 CFFWA-16 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 9 26 21.8 32.7 43.6 54.5 65.5 76.4 87.3 98.2 109.1 9.5 28.8 21.9 33.9 43.9 54.9 65.8 76.8 87.8 98.8 109.7 80 1360 10 31.8 22.1 33.1 44.1 55.1 66.2 77.2 88.2 99.3 110.3 10.5 34.9 22.2 33.2 44.3 55.4 66.5 77.5 88.6 99.7 110.8 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 222

CFFWA Hot Water Performance Data CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 11 13.8 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 114.2 124.6 134.9 11.5 15 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 114.7 125.1 135.5 50 1335 12 16.3 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.7 115.2 125.6 136.1 12.5 17.6 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 115.6 126.1 136.6 CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 11 13.8 41.5 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 114.2 124.6 11.5 15 41.7 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 114.7 125.1 60 1335 12 16.3 41.9 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.7 115.2 125.6 12.5 17.6 42 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 115.6 126.1 CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 11 13.8 31.1 41.5 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 114.2 11.5 15 31.3 41.7 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 114.7 70 1335 12 16.3 31.4 41.9 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.2 115.2 12.5 17.6 31.5 42 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 115.6 CFFWA-20 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 11 13.8 20.8 31.1 41.5 51.9 62.3 72.7 83 93.4 103.8 11.5 15 20.9 31.3 41.7 52.1 62.6 73 83.4 93.8 104.3 80 1335 12 16.3 20.9 31.4 41.9 52.3 62.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 104.7 12.5 17.6 21 31.5 42 52.5 63 73.6 84.1 94.6 105.1 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 223

223

CFFWA CFM and Glycol Adjustments CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # CFFWA-04 CFFWA-06 CFFWA-08 CFFWA-12 CFFWA-16 CFFWA-20 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC 325 0.88 0.84 350 0.90 0.86 375 0.92 0.88 400 0.95 0.90 0.91 0.87 425 0.98 0.92 0.93 0.89 450 0.95 0.91 500 0.98 0.93 0.87 0.84 525 0.89 0.86 550 0.92 0.88 575 0.94 0.90 0.88 0.82 600 0.96 0.92 0.90 0.84 625 0.98 0.94 0.92 0.86 650 0.94 0.89 675 0.96 0.91 700 0.98 0.93 1025 1050 0.77 0.73 1075 0.76 0.72 0.79 0.75 1100 0.78 0.74 0.81 0.77 1125 0.80 0.76 0.83 0.79 1150 0.82 0.78 0.85 0.81 1175 0.84 0.80 0.87 0.83 1200 0.86 0.82 0.89 0.85 1225 0.88 0.84 0.91 0.87 1250 0.91 0.87 0.93 0.89 1275 0.93 0.89 0.95 0.91 1300 0.95 0.91 0.97 0.93 1325 0.97 0.93 0.99 0.95 1350 0.99 0.95 1.00 1.00 Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 These specifications are subject to change without notice 224

225

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000-60,000 BTUH -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal or vertical configuration. Fan coil can be mounted on a wall or ceiling. See figure 2 for fan coil and mounting bracket dimensions. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs) CFFWA-04-1-U 79.37 CFFWA-06-1-U 83.77 CFFWA-08-1-U 88.18 CFFWA-12-1-U 116.84 CFFWA-16-1-U 158.73 CFFWA-20-1-U 163.14 Figure 1 226

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coil 12,000-60,000 BTUH CFFWA Mounting Bracket Dimensions (in) Model Number A B CFFWA-04-1-U 36.49 13.00 CFFWA-06-1-U 36.49 13.00 CFFWA-08-1-U 36.49 13.00 CFFWA-12-1-U 48.30 13.00 CFFWA-16-1-U 71.97 13.00 CFFWA-20-1-U 71.97 13.00 A BACK B typ Figure 2 227

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000 60,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING BRACKETS AND UNIT 1. The unit should be installed for horizontal and vertical discharge applications only. Figure 3 2. Select position for unit and define direction of water pipe, drain and electrical wiring. Access to the above can be obtained from the right hand side bottom, back and side. See page 229 for access dimensions. Figure 3, 4 and 5 3. Remove mounting brackets from both sides of unit. Figure 4 Figure 6 4. Prepare mounting bolts for mounting unit under ceiling or on a wall at the distance provided in figure 2. 5. Select a location that permits even air flow throughout the room. 6. Select a location that has enough service space when the unit is mounted under the ceiling or on the wall Figure 5 228

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000 60,000 BTUH Piping Locations 229

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CFFWA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000 60,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING BRACKETS AND UNIT 7. Carefully place fan coil into place and align mounting holes in fan coil to the holes in the mounting bracket. Typical both sides. Figure 6 Figure 6 8. Connections to the indoor unit are flared connections for both the inlet and outlet to the fan coil. Figure 7 9. Ensure tubing and fittings are in line with another before tightening nut to allow concentric seating of tube onto flare nut as to prevent leakage. Figure 7 10. Insulate both the inlet and outlet liquid solution lines to prevent condensation leakage. 11. Connect the field drain line to the clear drain tubing provided on the drain pan of the fan coil. Ensure the drain line has a ¼ of fall per foot. Insulate the condensate drain line to prevent sweating. Figure 8 230

CFFWA-xx-1-U Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 231

CFFWA CERTIFIED DRAWING 232

CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil With or Without Electric Heat 2-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 18,000-60,000 BTUH 233

CWA2 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 2-Pipe Heat/Cool with Electric Heat Multiposition Fan Coil Nominal BTUH xx- CWA2- xx KW Electric Heat 00 = 0KW 18 = 18,000 05 = 5KW 24 = 24,000 08 = 8KW 36 = 36,000 10 = 10KW 48 = 48,000 15 = 15KW 60 = 60,000 20 = 20KW 2-Pipe Heat/Cool W/ Electric Heat Note: The CWA2 is only available in 208/230-1-60 Available Model Numbers 18CWA2-00 18CWA2-05 18CWA2-08 18CWA2-10 18CWA2-15 24CWA2-00 24CWA2-05 24CWA2-08 24CWA2-10 24CWA2-15 36CWA2-00 36CWA2-05 36CWA2-08 36CWA2-10 36CWA2-15 48CWA2-00 48CWA2-05 48CWA2-08 48CWA2-10 48CWA2-15 60CWA2-00 60CWA2-05 60CWA2-08 60CWA2-10 60CWA2-15 234

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled/ Hot Water W/Electric Heat Multi-Position Fan Coil 2-Pipe Nominal Size: 18,000 60,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: 18CWA2 24CWA2 36CWA2 48CWA2 60CWA2 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested multi-position chilled/ hot water with electric heat fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with high quality. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. 3. Cabinet shall be capable of being installed in a vertical or horizontal position. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 3. Coil shall contain manual air bleed port. F. Drain Pan: 1. Drain pan shall be molded with high impact polymers. 2. Pan shall contain a primary and secondary drain connection. 3. Pan shall be capable of draining in the vertical and horizontal positions without changing the pan configuration. 235

G. Filters: 1. Unit shall contain a filter door for easy access to the filter. 2. A filter track shall be provided. 3. Unit shall come supplied with a 1 throwaway filter. H. Electric Heaters: 1. Unit shall be capable of incorporating an electric heat package. 2. Electric heaters shall be of the open wire type. 3. Electric heat packages shall contain non-fused breakers, sequencers and safeties. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. B. Electric heat package shall contain non-fusible breakers and high temperature limits. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Electrical shall include a terminal block. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. 236

Model Number Height (in) CWA2 Product Specifications Length (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Weight (lbs) 237 Cooling Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) 18CWA2 39.75 17.50 21.00 118.00 4-14 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 24CWA2 39.75 17.50 21.00 118.00 4-14 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 36CWA2 39.75 17.50 21.00 145.00 4-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 48CWA2 49.75 21.50 25.00 170.00 4-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 60CWA2 49.75 21.50 25.00 180.00 4-14 3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 Electrical Data Model Number Model Number Nominal CFM Nominal CFM 18CWA2-XX 600 24CWA2-XX 900 36CWA2-XX 1200 48CWA2-XX 1600 60CWA2-XX 2000 Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP KW Electric Heat Full Load Ampacity Minimum Ampacity Maximum Breaker 240V 208V 240V 208V 240V 208V 0 0 2.1 1.9 15 15 5 3.8 29 25 30 25 8 6 44 39 45 40 10 7.5 55 48 60 50 0 0 2.1 1.9 15 15 5 3.8 29 25 30 25 8 6 44 39 45 40 10 7.5 55 48 60 50 0 0 3.5 3.4 15 15 5 3.8 30 27 30 30 8 6 46 40 50 40 10 7.5 56 49 60 50 15 11.3 56/26 49/23 60/30 50/30 0 0 4 3.9 15 15 5 3.8 30 27 30 35 8 6 46 41 50 45 10 7.5 57 50 60 50 15 11.3 53/30 46/27 60/30 50/30 20 15 57/53 50/46 60/60 50/50 0 0 6 5.9 15 15 5 3.8 32 29 35 30 8 6 48 42 50 45 10 7.5 59 52 60 60 15 11.3 53/32 46/29 60/35 50/30 20 15 59/53 52/46 60/60 60/50 These specifications are subject to change without notice. Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps 18CWA2 600 1/4 1.7 2.13 4 24CWA2 800 1/3 2.8 3.50 7 36CWA2 1200 1/3 2.8 3.50 7 48CWA2 1600 1/3 3.2 4.00 8 60CWA2 2000 3/4 4.8 6.00 11 208/230-1-60 Drain (in)

CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 400 42 GPM WPD 3.0 1.8 4.5 3.9 6.0 6.8 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 12.2 SC 9.2 APD 0.1 TC 13.4 SC 10.1 APD 0.1 TC 14.2 SC 10.6 APD 0.1 NOMINAL CFM 18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 600 42 GPM WPD 3.5 2.4 5.0 4.8 6.5 7.9 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 16.6 SC 12.5 APD 0.18 TC 18.1 SC 13.6 APD 0.18 TC 19.1 SC 14.4 APD 0.18 NOMINAL CFM 18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 400 45 GPM WPD 3.0 1.8 4.5 3.9 6.0 6.8 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 11.5 SC 9.2 APD 0.1 TC 12.5 SC 10.0 APD 0.1 TC 13.2 SC 10.5 APD 0.1 NOMINAL CFM 18CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 600 45 GPM WPD 3.5 2.4 5.0 4.8 6.5 7.9 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 15.7 SC 12.6 APD 0.18 TC 17.0 SC 13.6 APD 0.18 TC 17.9 SC 14.3 APD 0.18 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 238

CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 600 42 GPM WPD 3.0 2.2 4.5 4.7 6.0 8.2 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 16.5 SC 12.4 APD 0.14 TC 18.4 SC 13.8 APD 0.14 TC 19.7 SC 14.7 APD 0.14 NOMINAL CFM 24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 800 42 GPM WPD 3.5 2.9 5.0 5.8 6.5 9.6 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 20.9 SC 15.7 APD 0.21 TC 22.9 SC 17.2 APD 0.21 TC 24.4 SC 18.3 APD 0.21 NOMINAL CFM 24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 600 45 GPM WPD 3.0 2.2 4.5 4.7 6.0 8.2 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 15.7 SC 12.7 APD 0.14 TC 17.3 SC 13.8 APD 0.14 TC 18.3 SC 14.6 APD 0.14 NOMINAL CFM 24CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 800 45 GPM WPD 3.5 2.9 5.0 5.8 6.5 9.6 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 19.8 SC 15.8 APD 0.21 TC 21.6 SC 17.3 APD 0.21 TC 22.9 SC 18.3 APD 0.21 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 239

CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1000 42 GPM WPD 4.0 2.1 6.0 4.6 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 26.0 SC 19.5 APD 0.2 TC 29.0 SC 21.8 APD 0.2 TC 31.0 SC 23.2 APD 0.2 NOMINAL CFM 36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1200 42 GPM WPD 5.0 3.3 6.5 5.4 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 31.2 SC 23.3 APD 0.3 TC 33.3 SC 25.0 APD 0.3 TC 35.0 SC 26.3 APD 0.3 NOMINAL CFM 36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1000 45 GPM WPD 4.0 2.1 6.0 4.6 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 24.8 SC 19.8 APD 0.23 TC 27.3 SC 21.8 APD 0.23 TC 29.0 SC 23.2 APD 0.23 NOMINAL CFM 36CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1200 45 GPM WPD 5.0 3.3 6.5 5.4 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 29.6 SC 23.7 APD 0.28 TC 31.5 SC 25.2 APD 0.28 TC 31.9 SC 25.5 APD 0.28 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 240

CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1400 42 GPM WPD 4.5 1.2 6.0 2.2 7.5 3.3 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 33.4 SC 25.0 APD 0.24 TC 36.3 SC 27.2 APD 0.24 TC 38.5 SC 28.9 APD 0.24 NOMINAL CFM 48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 42 GPM WPD 6.0 2.2 8.0 3.8 10.0 5.8 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 39.5 SC 29.6 APD 0.25 TC 42.7 SC 32.0 APD 0.25 TC 45.1 SC 33.8 APD 0.25 NOMINAL CFM 48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1400 45 GPM WPD 4.5 1.2 6.0 2.2 7.5 3.3 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 32.0 SC 25.6 APD 0.24 TC 34.5 SC 27.6 APD 0.24 TC 36.4 SC 29.1 APD 0.24 NOMINAL CFM 48CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 45 GPM WPD 6.0 2.2 8.0 3.8 10.0 5.8 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 37.7 SC 30.2 APD 0.25 TC 40.5 SC 32.4 APD 0.25 TC 42.6 SC 34.1 APD 0.25 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 241

CWA2 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 42 GPM WPD 6.5 2.8 8.5 4.6 10.5 6.9 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 42.5 SC 31.9 APD 0.19 TC 45.6 SC 34.2 APD 0.19 TC 48.1 SC 36.1 APD 0.19 NOMINAL CFM 60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 2000 42 GPM WPD 7.0 3.2 10.0 6.3 13.0 10.5 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 50.0 SC 37.5 APD 0.27 TC 55.1 SC 41.3 APD 0.27 TC 58.7 SC 44.0 APD 0.27 NOMINAL CFM 60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 45 GPM WPD 6.5 2.8 8.5 4.6 10.5 6.9 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 40.4 SC 32.3 APD 0.19 TC 43.1 SC 34.5 APD 0.19 TC 45.2 SC 36.2 APD 0.19 NOMINAL CFM 60CWA2-XX COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 2000 45 GPM WPD 7.0 3.2 10.0 6.3 13.0 10.5 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 47.7 SC 36.2 APD 0.27 TC 52.1 SC 41.7 APD 0.27 TC 55.2 SC 44.2 APD 0.27 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 242

CWA2 Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 400 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 600 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 600 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 800 18CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES CFM GPM WPD APD 140 150 160 170 180 3.0 1.6 29749 32859 35970 39790 43620 4.5 3.5 0.08 31058 34314 37570 41560 45540 6.0 6.0 31658 34979 38300 42360 46420 18CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES CFM GPM WPD APD 140 150 160 170 180 3.5 2.2 41050 45320 49590 54890 60190 5.0 4.3 0.15 43416 47948 52480 58100 63660 6.5 7.1 44664 49337 54010 59750 65490 24CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES CFM GPM WPD APD 140 150 160 170 180 3.0 2.2 41261 45555 49850 55150 60500 4.5 4.7 0.14 44330 48955 53580 59270 65000 6.0 8.2 45762 50566 55370 61240 67100 24CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES CFM GPM WPD APD 140 150 160 170 180 3.5 2.9 51696 57073 62450 69125 75800 5.0 5.8 0.21 55781 61590 67400 74600 81790 6.5 9.6 57970 64050 70130 77590 85000 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 243

CWA2 Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 1000 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 1200 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 1400 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 1600 CFM GPM WPD APD 36CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES 140 150 160 170 180 4.0 2.1 62130 68265 75000 83100 91100 6.0 4.6 0.23 68302 75401 82500 83100 91100 8.0 8.1 71508 78954 86400 95600 104850 CFM GPM WPD APD 36CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES 140 150 160 170 180 5.0 3.3 73792 81446 89100 98650 108200 6.5 5.4 0.28 78566 86733 94900 105000 115200 8.0 8.1 81635 90119 98600 109200 119700 CFM GPM WPD APD 48CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES 140 150 160 170 180 4.5 1.2 81056 89428 97800 108300 118850 6.0 2.2 0.24 88660 97830 107000 118500 130000 7.5 3.3 93529 103244 112960 125000 137140 CFM GPM WPD APD 48CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES 140 150 160 170 180 6.0 2.2 95992 105921 115850 128300 140750 8.0 3.8 0.25 103596 114348 125100 138500 151900 10.0 5.8 108411 119680 130950 144945 158960 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 244

CWA2 Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 1600 ENTERING AIR ( F) 65 2000 CFM GPM WPD APD 60CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES 140 150 160 170 180 6.5 2.8 102300 112950 123600 136800 150000 8.5 4.6 0.19 109120 120510 131900 145950 160000 10.5 6.9 113451 131204 137160 151750 166350 CFM GPM WPD APD 60CWA2-00 HEATING CAPACITIES 140 150 160 170 180 7.0 3.2 119350 131760 144170 159590 175000 10.0 6.3 0.27 131285 144967 158650 175580 192500 13.0 10.5 138037 152443 166850 184600 202400 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 245

CWA2 CFM and Glycol Adjustments Model Motor CFM vs. ESP Number Speed 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 High 650 600 550 490 420 18CWA-XX Medium 550 500 440 380 310 Low 500 460 330 - - High 950 900 850 790 720 24CWA-XX Medium 850 800 740 680 610 Low 700 660 610 550 480 High 1250 1200 1120 1060 1000 36CWA-XX Medium 1070 1020 970 920 860 Low 900 870 840 790 720 High 1850 1700 1650 1500 1410 48CWA-XX Medium 1750 1650 1450 1330 1180 Low 1150 1060 1000 920 810 High 2160 2100 2000 1940 1880 60CWA-XX Medium 2110 1980 1810 1750 1650 Low 2000 1860 1670 1340 1200 Example: 24CWA2 @ 0.20 ESP produces 900 cfm. Locate 900 cfm (for the 24CWA2) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 247. (TC =1.05 & SC = 1.05) Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the 24CWA2 on page 239 or the hot water capacity on page 243 by the adjustment factors to achieve the capacity adjustment. Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 246

CWA2 Capacity Adjustment Factors CWA2 CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # 18CWA2 24CWA2 36CWA2 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC 310 0.74 0.71 325 0.75 0.72 350 0.77 0.74 375 0.79 0.77 400 0.82 0.79 425 0.84 0.81 450 0.86 0.84 475 0.88 0.86 0.76 0.75 500 0.91 0.88 0.78 0.77 525 0.93 0.92 0.80 0.79 550 0.96 0.95 0.82 0.81 575 0.98 0.97 0.84 0.83 600 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.85 625 1.02 1.03 0.87 0.84 650 1.04 1.05 0.89 0.86 675 0.90 0.88 700 0.91 0.91 720 0.93 0.92 0.61 0.59 725 0.94 0.93 0.62 0.60 750 0.96 0.96 0.64 0.62 775 0.98 0.98 0.66 0.64 800 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.65 825 1.01 1.01 0.69 0.67 850 1.02 1.03 0.71 0.70 875 1.04 1.04 0.73 0.72 900 1.05 1.05 0.75 0.74 925 1.05 1.07 0.77 0.76 950 1.05 1.08 0.79 0.78 975 0.82 0.81 1000 0.85 0.84 1025 0.87 0.86 1050 0.89 0.88 1075 0.92 0.91 1100 0.94 0.93 1125 0.96 0.95 1150 0.97 0.97 1175 0.98 0.98 1200 1.00 1.00 1225 1.02 1.03 1250 1.04 1.05 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 247

CWA2 Capacity Adjustment Factors CWA2 CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # 48CWA2 60CWA2 CFM TC SC TC SC 800 0.40 0.39 825 0.42 0.40 875 0.46 0.44 925 0.48 0.46 950 0.50 0.48 975 0.52 0.50 1000 0.54 0.52 1025 0.55 0.53 1050 0.56 0.54 1075 0.58 0.56 1100 0.60 0.58 1125 0.62 0.60 1175 0.66 0.64 1200 0.67 0.65 0.40 0.39 1225 0.69 0.67 0.42 0.40 1250 0.71 0.70 0.44 0.42 1275 0.73 0.72 0.46 0.44 1300 0.75 0.74 0.47 0.45 1325 0.77 0.76 0.48 0.46 1350 0.79 0.78 0.50 0.48 1375 0.82 0.81 0.52 0.50 1400 0.85 0.84 0.54 0.52 1425 0.87 0.86 0.55 0.53 1450 0.89 0.88 0.56 0.54 1475 0.92 0.91 0.58 0.56 1500 0.94 0.93 0.60 0.58 1525 0.96 0.95 0.62 0.60 1550 0.97 0.97 0.64 0.62 1575 0.98 0.98 0.66 0.64 1600 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.65 1625 1.02 1.03 0.69 0.67 1650 1.04 1.05 0.71 0.70 1675 1.06 1.07 0.73 0.72 1725 1.08 1.09 0.77 0.76 1750 1.09 1.10 0.79 0.78 1775 1.10 1.11 0.82 0.81 1800 1.11 1.12 0.85 0.84 1825 1.13 1.14 0.87 0.86 1850 1.14 1.15 0.89 0.88 1875 0.92 0.91 1900 0.94 0.93 1925 0.96 0.95 1950 0.97 0.97 1975 0.98 0.98 2000 1.00 1.00 2025 1.02 1.03 2050 1.04 1.05 2075 1.06 1.07 2100 1.07 1.08 2125 1.08 1.09 2150 1.09 1.10 2160 1.10 1.11 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 248

249

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a vertical or horizontal configuration. See figure 2 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. FAN COIL MODEL NUMBER Figure 1 APPROXIMATED WEIGHTS (LBS) 18CWA2 118 24CWA2 118 36CWA2 145 48CWA2 170 60CWA2 180 250

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH Physical Dimensions (in) Model Number A B C D E 18CWA2 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00 24CWA2 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00 36CWA2 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00 48CWA2 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50 60CWA2 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50 Figure 2 E D C B A 251

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL The CWA2 is a chilled water fan coil with electric heat designed for multi-position applications in closets, attics or basements. They are field convertible to horizontal applications without the need for additional parts. Unit is not suitable for down flow applications. Figure 3 Figure 3 & 4 CONVERTING FAN COIL TO RIGHT HAND DISCHARGE The CWA2 fan coil comes shipped from the factory assembled with a left hand air discharge configuration. Figure 4 1. To convert the fan coil to right hand discharge remove the three front panels. 2. Remove the three screws from the coil mounting brackets and pull entire coil assembly out of the fan coil. Figure 5 Figure 5 252

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH 3. Remove the horizontal drain pan from the coil and re-install it on the other side. Figure 6 4. Ensure the coil mounting brackets are secure in order to avoid coil misplacement inside the cabinet. Check coil slope to make sure that the drain pan slopes toward the drain outlet. An incorrectly installed coil could result in damages to the fan coil and property. Figure 6 UP FLOW 5. Re-install the three front panels previously removed in step one. 6. The unit shall be suitable for 0 clearance to combustible materials. Sufficient clearance must be provided at the front of the fan coil to allow access for maintenance and servicing. 7. The fan coil comes with one primary and one secondary condensate drain connection per configuration. Ensure when connecting the field installed condensate drain lines, the lower of the two fan coil drain connections is piped into the buildings condensate removal method. Figure 7 & 8 SECONDARY DRAIN PRIMARY DRAIN SECONDARY DRAIN Figure 7 HORIZONTAL FLOW PRIMARY DRAIN Figure 8 253

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH 8. All duct work must be installed per local and national codes. The return air duct and the return air opening provided in the fan coil must have the same area. Figure 9 & 10 A ELECTRICAL All wiring must comply with local and national codes. High and low voltage terminal blocks are provided. An electrical plug is provided for the field installation of electric heat packages. Knockouts are provided in the cabinet for field wiring of the electrical. See page 255 for electric heat package installation instructions. A = High Voltage terminal block. B = Electric Heat Package Connection Plug. C = Low Voltage Terminal Block. Figure 11 B Figure 9 CWA2 Inlet Air Dimensions A B 18CWA2 15 17.5 24CWA2 15 17.5 36CWA2 15 17.5 48CWA2 19.25 22.25 60CWA2 19.25 22.25 Figure 10 CONTROLS A 24 vac transformer, fan relay and electric heat sequencer are provided inside cabinet. All supplied controls are wired onto the low voltage terminal block. B A C Figure 11 254

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION FOR B41HK-05, B41HK-08, B41HK-10, B41HK-15,B41HK- 15,B15HK-05, B15HK-08, B15HK-10, B15HK-15 and B15HK-20 ELECTRIC HEATER SLIDE IN MODULE H TO INSTALL THE SLIDE IN MODULE: 1. Disconnect the unit from the power supply. Make sure no electricity is connected to the unit. 2. Remove the door (H) from the unit. 3. Remove the terminal box (L1)(L2) which is attached to the top panel (E) with two screws and clear the way for the slide in electric heat package. 4. Remove the cover plate (F) from the heater deck. 5. Unplug red and black wires from the terminal block (B) and move them to the right side of cabinet to allow installation of the electric heat package. 6. Raise the electric heat package enough to clear the mounting tab. (D) Slide the electric heat package halfway through. Plug the two wires (which were unplugged in step 5) to the left circuit breaker or provided.25 insulated male terminals (C), black wire on left connection (L1) red wire on right connection (L2). 7. Slide the electric heat package in, secure with screws (A). 8. Complete field line voltage wiring. 9. Attach the breaker cover (K) to heater deck (G) with two blunt screws. Remove the plate (I) from the door (H), replace with breaker flange (J) and attach to the same plate with four screws. 10. Secure terminal box (L) with two screws to the top panel (E), connect 6-pin plugs, and complete low voltage field wiring. 11. Replace door (H) and check unit operation. Note: Breaker cover (K) and breaker flange (J) are shipped with electric heat package. 255

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA2 Chilled Water Fan Coil with Electric Heat 18,000 60,000 BTUH PIPING 9. This fan coil is supplied with one water coil that can be used for chilled and or hot water. The coil has one dedicated inlet and outlet. Ensure that both lines are insulated according to local and national building codes. Figure 12 10. Condensate drains must be installed with at least.25 of slope per foot away from the fan coil. Since the drain pan is located on the suction side of the blower a minimum trap of 1.5 must be installed in the drain line for proper drainage. INLET OUTLET ROUTINE CHECK UP AND SERVICE Figure 12 This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, biannual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, electric heater inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 256

CWA2-00 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-60 257

CWA2 CERTIFIED DRAWING 258

CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 4-Pipe Heat & Cool Fan Coil 24,000-60,000 BTUH 259

CWA4 NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 4-Pipe Heat & Cool Multiposition Fan Coil Nominal BTUH 24=24,000 36=36,000 48=48,000 60=60,000 xx- CWA4- HW Hot Water 4-Pipe Heat & Cool Fan Coil Note: The CWA4 is only available in 120-1-60 vac Available Model Numbers 24CWA2-HW 36CWA4-HW 48CWA4-HW 60CWA4-HW 260

HVAC Guide Specifications Chilled & Hot Water Multi-Position Fan Coil 4-Pipe Nominal Size: 24,000 60,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: 24CWA4 36CWA4 48CWA4 60CWA4 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested multi-position chilled & hot water fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with high quality. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. 3. Cabinet shall be capable of being installed in a vertical or horizontal position. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 120-1-60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with a chilled water coil containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Manufactured with a hot water coil containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coil shall contain manual air bleed port. F. Drain Pan: 1. Drain pan shall be molded with high impact polymers. 2. Pan shall contain a primary and secondary drain connection. 3. Pan shall be capable of draining in the vertical and horizontal positions without changing the pan configuration. 261

G. Filters: 1. Unit shall contain a filter door for easy access to the filter. 2. A filter track shall be provided. 3. Unit shall come supplied with a 1 throwaway filter. H. Hot Water Pump 1. Unit shall contain an internal hot water circulating pump. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Electrical shall include a terminal block. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. 262

CWA4 Product Specifications Model Number Height (in) Length (in) Depth (in) Weight (lbs) Cooling Rows FPI Physical Data Heating Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Chilled Water Inlet (in) Chilled Water Outlet (in) Hot Water Inlet (in) Hot Water Outlet (in) 24CWA4 39.75 17.5 21 140 4-14 3-12 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 36CWA4 39.75 17.5 21 175 4-14 3-12 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 48CWA4 49.75 21.5 25 189 4-14 3-12 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 60CWA4 49.75 21.5 25 199 4-14 3-12 3/8 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 Drain (in) Model Number Nominal CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Fan Motor HP Electrical Data Full Load Ampacity Pump Motor HP Hot Water Pump Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps 24CWA4 800 1/4 3.2 1/40 0.52 3.77 9 36CWA4 1200 1/3 6.2 1/40 0.52 8.0 15 48CWA4 1600 3/4 8.9 1/40 0.52 12 20 60CWA4 2000 3/4 8.9 1/25 0.75 12 20 120-1-60 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 263

CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 600 42 GPM WPD 3.0 2.2 4.5 4.7 6.0 8.2 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 16.5 SC 12.4 APD 0.14 TC 18.4 SC 13.8 APD 0.14 TC 19.7 SC 14.7 APD 0.14 NOMINAL CFM 24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 800 42 GPM WPD 3.5 2.9 5.0 5.8 6.5 9.6 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 20.9 SC 15.7 APD 0.21 TC 22.9 SC 17.2 APD 0.21 TC 24.4 SC 18.3 APD 0.21 NOMINAL CFM 24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 600 45 GPM WPD 3.0 2.2 4.5 4.7 6.0 8.2 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 15.7 SC 12.7 APD 0.14 TC 17.3 SC 13.8 APD 0.14 TC 18.3 SC 14.6 APD 0.14 NOMINAL CFM 24CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 800 45 GPM WPD 3.5 2.9 5.0 5.8 6.5 9.6 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 19.8 SC 15.8 APD 0.21 TC 21.6 SC 17.3 APD 0.21 TC 22.9 SC 18.3 APD 0.21 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 264

CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1000 42 GPM WPD 4.0 2.1 6.0 4.6 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 26.0 SC 19.5 APD 0.2 TC 29.0 SC 21.8 APD 0.2 TC 31.0 SC 23.2 APD 0.2 NOMINAL CFM 36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1200 42 GPM WPD 5.0 3.3 6.5 5.4 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 31.2 SC 23.3 APD 0.3 TC 33.3 SC 25.0 APD 0.3 TC 35.0 SC 26.3 APD 0.3 NOMINAL CFM 36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1000 45 GPM WPD 4.0 2.1 6.0 4.6 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 24.8 SC 19.8 APD 0.23 TC 27.3 SC 21.8 APD 0.23 TC 29.0 SC 23.2 APD 0.23 NOMINAL CFM 36CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1200 45 GPM WPD 5.0 3.3 6.5 5.4 8.0 8.1 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 29.6 SC 23.7 APD 0.28 TC 31.5 SC 25.2 APD 0.28 TC 31.9 SC 25.5 APD 0.28 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 265

CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1400 42 GPM WPD 4.5 1.2 6.0 2.2 7.5 3.3 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 33.4 SC 25.0 APD 0.24 TC 36.3 SC 27.2 APD 0.24 TC 38.5 SC 28.9 APD 0.24 NOMINAL CFM 48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 42 GPM WPD 6.0 2.2 8.0 3.8 10.0 5.8 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 39.5 SC 29.6 APD 0.25 TC 42.7 SC 32.0 APD 0.25 TC 45.1 SC 33.8 APD 0.25 NOMINAL CFM 48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1400 45 GPM WPD 4.5 1.2 6.0 2.2 7.5 3.3 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 32.0 SC 25.6 APD 0.24 TC 34.5 SC 27.6 APD 0.24 TC 36.4 SC 29.1 APD 0.24 NOMINAL CFM 48CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 45 GPM WPD 6.0 2.2 8.0 3.8 10.0 5.8 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 37.7 SC 30.2 APD 0.25 TC 40.5 SC 32.4 APD 0.25 TC 42.6 SC 34.1 APD 0.25 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 266

CWA4 Chilled Water Performance Data NOMINAL CFM 60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 42 GPM WPD 6.5 2.8 8.5 4.6 10.5 6.9 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 42.5 SC 31.9 APD 0.19 TC 45.6 SC 34.2 APD 0.19 TC 48.1 SC 36.1 APD 0.19 NOMINAL CFM 60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 2000 42 GPM WPD 7.0 3.2 10.0 6.3 13.0 10.5 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 50.0 SC 37.5 APD 0.27 TC 55.1 SC 41.3 APD 0.27 TC 58.7 SC 44.0 APD 0.27 NOMINAL CFM 60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 1600 45 GPM WPD 6.5 2.8 8.5 4.6 10.5 6.9 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 40.4 SC 32.3 APD 0.19 TC 43.1 SC 34.5 APD 0.19 TC 45.2 SC 36.2 APD 0.19 NOMINAL CFM 60CWA4-HW COOLING CAPACITIES EWT ( F) 2000 45 GPM WPD 7.0 3.2 10.0 6.3 13.0 10.5 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE 80 D.B. / 67 W.B. TC 47.7 SC 36.2 APD 0.27 TC 52.1 SC 41.7 APD 0.27 TC 55.2 SC 44.2 APD 0.27 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 267

CWA4 Hot Water Performance Data 24CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 130 140 150 160 170 180 65 800 4.0 1.9 23000 26000 30300 33900 37600 41200 36CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 130 140 150 160 170 180 65 1200 4.0 1.4 45000 50000 60000 67000 74800 82000 48CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 130 140 150 160 170 180 65 1600 4.0 0.8 59000 67000 78000 88000 97000 107000 60CWA4-HW HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING CFM GPM WPD AIR ( F) 130 140 150 160 170 180 65 2000 7.0 2.5 69000 80000 91000 102500 113500 125000 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 268

CWA4 CFM and Glycol Adjustments Model Moter CFM vs. ESP Number Speed 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 High 850 800 760 720 680 24CWA4-HW Medium 825 775 715 690 670 Low 780 715 655 630 - High 1360 1310 1270 1230 1190 36CWA4-HW Medium 1340 1250 1170 1090 1060 Low 1280 1170 1040 970 - High 1860 1740 1640 1530 1480 48CWA4-HW Medium 1780 1620 1510 1390 1280 Low 1680 1500 1320 1250 - High 1950 1900 1845 1770 1720 60CWA4-HW Medium 1820 1750 1620 1470 1440 Low 1750 1640 1390 1270 - Example: 24CWA4 @ 0.20 ESP produces 800 cfm. Locate 800 cfm (for the 24CWA4) on the Capacity Adjustment Factors on page 270. (TC =1.00 & SC = 1.00) Multiply the stated chilled water capacity for the 24CWA4 or the hot water capacity by the adjustment factors to achieve the capacity adjustment. Propylene Glycol & GPM Adjustment Factors Propylene Glycol % Capacity Reduction GPM Adjustment = 100% Capacity Ambient Temp 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 Example: 30% Propylene Glycol Solution. System capacity x 0.98 GPM x 1.07 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 269

CWA4 Capacity Adjustment Factors CWA4 CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # 24CWA4 36CWA4 48CWA4 60CWA4 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC 625 0.87 0.84 650 0.89 0.86 675 0.90 0.88 700 0.91 0.91 725 0.94 0.93 750 0.96 0.96 775 0.98 0.98 800 1.00 1.00 825 1.01 1.01 850 1.02 1.03 970 0.81 0.80 975 0.82 0.81 1000 0.85 0.84 1025 0.87 0.86 1050 0.89 0.88 1075 0.92 0.91 1100 0.94 0.93 1125 0.96 0.95 1150 0.97 0.97 1175 0.98 0.98 1200 1.00 1.00 1225 1.02 1.03 1250 1.04 1.05 0.71 0.70 1270 1.05 1.06 0.72 0.71 0.45 0.43 1275 1.06 1.07 0.73 0.72 0.46 0.44 1300 1.08 1.09 0.75 0.74 0.47 0.45 1325 1.09 1.10 0.77 0.76 0.48 0.46 1350 1.10 1.11 0.79 0.78 0.50 0.48 1360 1.11 1.12 0.81 0.80 0.51 0.49 1375 0.82 0.81 0.52 0.50 1400 0.85 0.84 0.54 0.52 1425 0.87 0.86 0.55 0.53 1450 0.89 0.88 0.56 0.54 1475 0.92 0.91 0.58 0.56 1500 0.94 0.93 0.60 0.58 1525 0.96 0.95 0.62 0.60 1550 0.97 0.97 0.64 0.62 1575 0.98 0.98 0.66 0.64 1600 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.65 1625 1.02 1.03 0.69 0.67 1650 1.04 1.05 0.71 0.70 1675 1.06 1.07 0.73 0.72 1700 1.07 1.08 0.75 0.74 1725 1.08 1.09 0.77 0.76 1750 1.09 1.10 0.79 0.78 1775 1.10 1.11 0.82 0.81 1800 1.11 1.12 0.85 0.84 1825 1.13 1.14 0.87 0.86 1850 1.14 1.15 0.89 0.88 1860 1.15 1.16 0.91 0.90 1875 0.92 0.91 1900 0.94 0.93 1925 0.96 0.95 1950 0.97 0.97 1975 0.98 0.98 2000 1.00 1.00 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 270

271

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation, ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a vertical or horizontal configuration. See figure 2 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. FAN COIL MODEL NUMBER APPROXIMATED WEIGHTS (LBS) 24CWA4 140 36CWA4 175 48CWA4 189 60CWA4 199 Figure 1 272

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH Physical Dimensions (in) Model Number A B C D E 24CWA4 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00 36CWA4 17.50 21.00 39.75 12.50 16.00 48CWA4 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50 60CWA4 21.50 25.00 49.75 17.25 19.50 E Figure 2 D C B A 273

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL The CWA4 is a chilled and hot water fan coil designed for multiposition applications in closets, attics or basements. They are field convertible to horizontal applications without the need for additional parts. Unit is not suitable for down flow applications. Fiqure 3 Figure 3 & 4 CONVERTING FAN COIL TO RIGHT HAND DISCHARGE The CWA4 fan coil comes shipped from the factory assembled with a left hand air discharge configuration. Figure 4 1. To convert the fan coil to right hand discharge remove the three front panels. 2. Remove the three screws from the coil mounting brackets and pull entire coil assembly out of the fan coil. Figure 5 Figure 5 274

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH 3. Remove the horizontal drain pan from the coil and re-install it on the other side. Figure 6 4. Ensure the coil mounting brackets are secure in order to avoid coil misplacement inside the cabinet. Check coil slope to make sure that the drain pan slopes toward the drain outlet. An incorrectly installed coil could result in damages to the fan coil and property. Figure 6 UP FLOW 5. Re-install the three front panels previously removed in step one. 6. The unit shall be suitable for 0 clearance to combustible materials. Sufficient clearance must be provided at the front of the fan coil to allow access for maintenance and servicing. 7. The fan coil comes with one primary and one secondary condensate drain connection per configuration. Ensure when connecting the field installed condensate drain lines, the lower of the two fan coil drain connections is piped into the buildings condensate removal method. Figure 7 & 8 SECONDARY DRAIN PRIMARY DRAIN SECONDARY DRAIN PRIMARY DRAIN Figure 7 HORIZONTAL FLOW Figure 8 275

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH Temperature Sensors 8. The hot water coil is a horizontally mounted coil in the top of the fan coil. The hot water inlet is on the right and the outlet on the left. There are two temperature sensors on top of the hot water coil. Figure 9 9. The CWA4 comes equipped with a circulating pump, coil drain valve, manual air purge fitting and coil temperature sensors. Figure 10 10. Make sure when attaching ductwork to the fan coil that screws or other objects do not damage the hot water coil. If the coil fins become bent or flattened, ensure that they are straightened so the air flow of the fan coil is not affected. Figure 11 Outlet Coil Drain Valve Inlet Figure 9 Pump Figure 10 Coil Fins Figure 11 276

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH 11. All duct work must be installed per local and national codes. The return air duct and the return air opening provided in the fan coil must have the same area. A ELECTRICAL Figure 12 & 13 All wiring must comply with local and national codes. High and low voltage termination points are provided. Knockouts are provided in the cabinet for field wiring of the electrical. CONTROLS A 24 vac transformer, fan relay, pump relay and time delay relay are provided inside cabinet. All supplied controls are wired to respective terminations. B Figure 12 CWA4 Inlet Air Dimensions A B 24CWA4 15 17.5 36CWA4 15 17.5 48CWA4 19.25 22.25 60CWA4 19.25 22.25 Figure 13 Figure 14 Time Delay Relay Fan Relay Pump Relay Transformer 277

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL CWA4 Chilled & Hot Water Fan Coil 24,000 60,000 BTUH PIPING 12. This fan coil is supplied with one chilled water coil and one hot water coil. Each coil has one dedicated inlet and outlet. Ensure that both lines are insulated according to local and national building codes. Figure 15 OUTLET INLET 13. Condensate drains must be installed with at least.25 of slope per foot away from the fan coil. Since the drain pan is located on the suction side of the blower a minimum trap of 1.5 must be installed in the drain line for proper drainage. INLET OUTLET ROUTINE CHECK UP AND SERVICE Figure 15 This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, biannual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, electric heater inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 278

CWA4 Wiring Diagram 120-1-60 279

CWA4 CERTIFIED DRAWING 280

MHCCX DX Ceiling Concealed With or Without Electric Heat Direct Expansion Fan Coil 12,000-36,000 BTUH 281

MHCCX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN Direct Expansion Concealed Fan Coil with Electric Heat Direct Expansion w/ Electric Heat MHCCX XX - XX - XX Nominal Tons 04 = 1 TON 06 = 1.5 TON 08 = 2 TON 10 = 2.5 TON 12 = 3 TON Electric Heat 00= 0 KW 02 =2KW "See Note 2 & 3" 03= 3 KW 05= 5 KW 06= 6 KW 08= 8 KW Notes: 1. The standard unit is 208/230-1-50/60 vac. Add suffix 03 for 120-1-50/60 vac units. 2. 120 vac units are available without electric heat or 2kw of electric heat. 3. 2 KW electric heat is only available with 120 vac. Voltage "See Notes" 01= 208/230-1-50/60 03=120-1-60 Available Model Numbers MHCCX04-00-03 MHCCX06-00-03 MHCCX08-00-03 MHCCX10-00-03 MHCCX12-00-03 MHCCX04-02-03 MHCCX06-02-03 MHCCX08-02-03 MHCCX10-02-03 MHCCX12-02-03 MHCCX04-00 MHCCX04-03 MHCCX06-00 MHCCX06-03 MHCCX08-00 MHCCX08-03 MHCCX10-00 MHCCX10-03 MHCCX12-00 MHCCX12-03 MHCCX04-05 MHCCX06-05 MHCCX08-05 MHCCX10-05 MHCCX12-05 MHCCX04-06 MHCCX06-06 MHCCX08-06 MHCCX10-06 MHCCX12-06 MHCCX04-08 MHCCX06-08 MHCCX08-08 MHCCX10-08 MHCCX12-08 282

HVAC Guide Specifications Direct Expansion Fan Coil with Electric Heat Nominal Size: 12,000 36,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MHCCX04 MHCCX06 MHCCX08 MHCCX10 MHCCX12 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Direct Expansion Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested direct expansion fan coil with or without electric heat. 2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. DX Coil: 1. Manufactured with 3/8 rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Contain a thermal expansion valve. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a right hand sloped secondary drain connection. 283

G. Electric Heat: 1. Electric Heaters shall be of the rod and disk type. 2. Shall be protected by safeties. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or Fan speed control. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer. 2. Fan relays. 3. Electric heat sequencer (s). 4. Optional Thermostats. 3.02 Safeties A. Fan coil shall be equipped with all necessary components in conjunction with the control system to provide the following protectants. 1. High temperature. 2. Over current protection. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block. E. Shall be available without electric heat in 120 vac. F. Shall be available with 2 KW electric heat in 120 vac. Part 5- Accessories: 5.01 Enclosures A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures. 1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency. 2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping and electrical in and out of the enclosures. 3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure. 4. Shall include a supply air duct flange. 5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filtered louver. 284

Model Number Height (in) MHCCX Product Specifications Width (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Weight (lbs) Coil Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Liquid Line (in) Suction Line (in) MHCCX04 10.00 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/4 MHCCX06 10.00 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 MHCCX08 10.00 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 MHCCX10 10.00 43.70 21.65 74.8 4-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 MHCCX12 10.00 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 Drain (in) Model Number Nominal CFM Volts Phase Hertz Electrical Data Electric Heat (KW) Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHCCX04-00 0 0.82 1 - MHCCX04-03 3 13.86 19.31 20 MHCCX04-05 400 5 1/8 22.56 31.6 35 MHCCX04-06 6 26.9 37.6 40 MHCCX04-08 8 35.6 48.3 50 MHCCX06-00 0 1.18 1.48 - MHCCX06-03 3 14.22 19.76 20 MHCCX06-05 600 5 1/8 22.92 32.05 35 MHCCX06-06 6 27.27 38.05 40 MHCCX06-08 8 35.96 48.75 50 MHCCX08-00 0 1.43 1.8 5 MHCCX08-03 3 14.47 20.08 20 MHCCX08-05 800 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35 MHCCX08-06 6 27.52 38.36 40 MHCCX08-08 8 36.21 49.06 50 MHCCX10-00 0 1.43 1.8 5 MHCCX10-03 3 14.47 20.08 20 MHCCX10-05 1000 5 1/4 23.17 32.36 35 MHCCX10-06 6 27.52 38.36 40 MHCCX10-08 8 36.21 49.06 50 MHCCX12-00 0 1.81 2.26 5 MHCCX12-03 3 14.85 20.55 20 MHCCX12-05 1200 5 1/4 23.55 32.84 35 MHCCX12-06 6 27.9 38.84 40 MHCCX12-08 8 36.6 49.54 50 208/230-1-50/60 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 285

MHCCX Product Specifications Electrical Data 120 vac No Electric Heat Model Number Nominal CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Electric Heat (KW) Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHCCX04-00-03 400 0 1/30 0.55.69 15 MHCCX06-00-03 600 0 1/30 0.55.69 15 MHCCX08-00-03 800 0 1/30 0.55.69 15 MHCCX10-00-03 1000 0 1/8 1.80 2.25 15 MHCCX12-00-03 1200 120-1-60 0 1/4 3.00 3.75 15 Electrical Data 120 vac 2 KW Electric Heat Model Number Nominal CFM Volts Phase Hertz Electric Heat (KW) Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHCCX04-02-03 400 2 KW 1/30 17.22 22 25 MHCCX06-02-03 600 2 KW 1/30 17.22 22 25 MHCCX08-02-03 800 2 KW 1/30 17.22 22 25 MHCCX10-02-03 1000 2 KW 1/8 18.47 23 25 MHCCX12-02-03 1200 120-1-60 2 KW 1/4 19.67 24 25 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 286

MHCCX Cooling & Heating Performance Data Performance Data Model Number Nominal CFM Nominal Cooling BTUH Electric Heat BTUH MHCCX04-00 0 MHCCX04-03 10,200 MHCCX04-05 17,000 MHCCX04-06 20,500 MHCCX04-08 27,300 MHCCX06-00 0 MHCCX06-03 10,200 MHCCX06-05 17,000 MHCCX06-06 20,500 MHCCX06-08 27,300 MHCCX08-00 0 MHCCX08-03 10,200 MHCCX08-05 17,000 MHCCX08-06 20,500 MHCCX08-08 27,300 MHCCX10-00 0 MHCCX10-03 10,200 MHCCX10-05 17,000 MHCCX10-06 20,500 MHCCX10-08 27,300 MHCCX12-00 0 MHCCX12-03 10,200 MHCCX12-05 17,000 MHCCX12-06 20,500 MHCCX12-08 27,300 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 12,000 18,000 24,000 30,000 36,000 * Cooling based on 75 % Sensible and 25% Latent: * Fan coils are 13 SEER These specifications are subject to change without notice. 287

MHCCX CFM Adjustments CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table Model Number External Static Pressure 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 MHCCX04 485 455 415 370 325 0 0 MHCCX06 775 745 715 680 640 595 545 MHCCX08 915 890 850 815 775 730 685 MHCCX10 1145 1110 1075 1035 995 955 905 MHCCX12 1480 1445 1405 1365 1325 1280 1235 These specifications are subject to change without notice 288

289

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only and into an enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly can be ordered separately or field fabricated by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for enclosure part numbers, dimensions and weights. See document number 030710001 for enclosure assembly and installation instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the coil hand of connection. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS) MHCCX04 66.0 MHCCX06 68.2 MHCCX08 72.6 MHCCX10 74.8 MHCCX12 83.6 Figure 1 ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS ENCLOSURE FAN COIL (us) PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height Weight MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30 MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34 Figure 2 290

INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons FAN COIL DIMENSIONS Fan Coil Model Number A B C D E F MHCCX04-XX 37.72 34.57 31.42 10.24 5.51 21.65 MHCCX06-XX 37.72 34.57 31.42 10.24 5.51 21.65 MHCCX08-XX 37.72 34.57 31.42 10.24 5.51 21.65 MHCCX10-XX 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.24 5.51 21.65 MHCCX12-XX 49.69 46.54 43.38 10.24 5.51 21.65.5 TXV D E.75 (MPT) Condensate Drain Connection (Both Ends) 1 F C B A Mounting Notches Drain Pan Figure 3 291

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONVERTING COIL HAND OF CONNECTION & ELECTRIC HEATER ACCESS. Figure 4 1. Remove the eleven screws that attach the top to the fan coil assembly and remove the top. This will allow you to access the electric heaters. Figure 4 2. Remove the eight screws that hold the coil into the fan coil frame assembly. Four screws per side. Figure 5 3 Slide the coil out of the fan coil frame assembly toward the coil supply and return line connections. Ensure that care is taken when removing and inserting the coil not to damage the coil fins. Insert the coil into the fan coil frame assembly from the other end and reverse procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble the fan coil. Figure 6 Figure 5 Figure 6 292

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the ten screws that attach the electrical assembly to the fan coil unit. Do not separate the electrical assembly from the blower assembly. These two assemblies will be removed in the next step. Figure 7 Figure 7 2. Remove the five screws attaching the blower assembly to the coil assembly. Separate the electrical and blower assemblies from the coil assembly. Figure 8 3. Insert the coil assembly into the enclosure assembly starting with the discharge air opening of the coil first. Ensure that the discharge of the coil is inserted into the discharge of the enclosure completely. Failure to completely insert the coil discharge will result in recirculation of the discharge air. Figure 9 Figure 8 Figure 9 293

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 4. Align the fan coil mounting bolts up with the four mounting notches provided in the coil assembly top. Secure the coil assembly to the enclosure with two mounting bolts per side. Ensure that the coil assembly is level in both directions to allow proper drainage and operation. Figure 10 5. Reinstall the blower assembly onto the coil assembly using the five screws previously removed in step 2 figure 8. Figure 11 Figure 10 6. Reinstall the electrical assembly onto the coil assembly using the ten screws previously removed in step 1 figure 7. Figure 12 ELECTRICAL, COIL, DRAIN AND RETURN / SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11 7. There are multiple entry points on the factory supplied enclosure assembly for water lines, condensate lines, refrigerant lines and electrical connections. If a non-louvered service access panel is used or if an alternate return air location is required an optional return air cutout is provided. Figure 13 Figure 12 294

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons ELECTRICAL & CONDENSATE DRAIN 8. There are four termination points for the electrical wiring. There are two on each side of the electrical box. See pages 300-304 for electrical drawings. Wiring must be installed according to prevailing codes and regulations. The fan coil unit has one condensate drain connection on either side of the drain pan for either left or right hand drain connection. The opposite drain connection not being used must be capped off by the installing contractor. The middle drain connection is the safety condensate drain connection. Ensure that all condensate drain lines have at least one quarter of an inch of fall per foot for proper drainage. Figure 14 DIRECT EXPANSION COIL CONNECTIONS 9. The fan coil unit comes with a Thermal Expansion Valve installed on the DX coil. Ensure that the suction line is insulated all the way to the coil header and the liquid line is insulated from the TXV to the distributor. Entry Points Typical Both Ends Figure 13 Electrical Terminations Figure 14 Points Figure 14 Optional Return Air Cutout Left and Right Hand Drain Connections Safety Drain Connection Figure 15 Figure 15 295

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS 10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel. Figure 16 & 17 11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the recommended filter sizes. Figure 18 Fan Coil Mounting Bolts Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure Supply Duct Flange Optional Return Air Cutout Frame Enclosure Supplied By Installing Contractor Ceiling Hinged Service Access Panel Louvered Panel Shown. An Optional Non-louvered Service Access Panel Is Available. Return Air Figure 16 Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP) 296

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS Panel Model Number Louvered & Non-Louvered Fan Coil Size A (in) B (in) C (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L(NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5 A B C (typ) Figure 17 FAN COIL MODEL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) MHCCX04 18 36 MHCCX06 18 36 MHCCX08 18 36 MHCCX10 18 36 MHCCX12 2 qty 18 24 Figure 18 297

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork. Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed. Figure 19 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE Enclosure Model Number Fan Coil Size A (in) B (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75 MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75 MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75 A B Figure 19 298

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons MAITENANCE 1. Air Filter(s): Filters are an essential part of the quality of air that is provided to the occupants. Never operate HVAC equipment without filters. Filters help remove dust and unwanted particles from the air stream, helping to keep the space clean. They also keep this debris from collecting on the heat transfer surfaces of the unit thus maintaining optimum equipment efficiency and performance. These filters will be located either in the unit or upstream from the unit in the return air ductwork. Filters must be inspected, cleaned and/or changed routinely. This routine maintenance procedure will allow the unit to continually operate as designed, reduce service expenses and extend equipment/component life. and/or replacements in the event the unit fails to operate or is being serviced. If fuses are used, ensure that the replacement fuses are of the same size and type as the ones you are replacing. It is a good idea to keep replacement fuses of the appropriate size and type on hand. 3. Routine Check Up and Service: This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-annual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, electric heater inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers: This unit must be connected to the buildings electric service in accordance with local/national electrical codes and regulations. These electrical connections will include over current protection in the form of fuses or circuit breakers. Have your contractor identify/label the circuits and the location of them so that you may be in a position to make inspections 299

MHCCX Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 300

MHCCX with Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 301

MHCCX with 2KW Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 120-1-50/60 302

MHCCX without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 120-1-50/60 303

MHCCX CERTIFIED DRAWING 304

MCCX Direct Expansion Ceiling Concealed Direct Expansion Fan Coil 48,000-60,000 BTUH 305

MCCX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN Direct Expansion Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil MCCX- XX - C -1 Direct Expansion Cooling Voltage 1=208/230/-1-50/60 Nominal Tons 16= 4 ton 20= 5 ton Available Model Numbers MCCX-16-C-1 MCCX-20-C-1 306

HVAC Guide Specifications Direct Expansion Fan Coil Nominal Size: 48,000 60,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MCCX16 MCCX20 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Direct Expansion Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested direct expansion fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. DX Coil: 1. Manufactured with 3/8 copper rifled tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Contain a thermal expansion valve. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right hand secondary drain connection. 307

Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or fan speed control. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer. 2. Fan relays. 3. Optional thermostats. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block. 308

MCCX Product Specifications & Capacity Model Number Height (in) Width (in) Depth (in) Weight (lbs) Physical Data Coil Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Liquid Line (in) Suction Line (in) MCCX16 13.78 48.50 20.00 68.34 3-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2 MCCX20 13.78 56.10 20.00 72.80 3-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2 Drain (in) Electrical Data Model Number Nominal CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MCCX-16-C-1 1600 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 7 MCCX-20-C-1 2000 208/230-1-50/60 1/2 2.72 3.40 7 Performance Data Model Number Nominal CFM Cooling Capacity MCCX-16-C-1 1600 48,000 MCCW-20-C-1 2000 58,000 Nominal CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table Model Hi Speed Number 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 MCCX-16 1435 1420 1390 1355 1316 1281 MCCX-20 1435 1415 1400 1363 1325 1290 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 309

310

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only. See figure 2 for fan coil dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the coil hand of connection. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS) MCCX16 68.34 MCCX20 72.80 Figure 1 311

INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons FAN COIL DIMENSIONS (in) Fan Coil Model Number A B C D E F MCCX16 48.39 43.86 42.20 13.74 9.49 19.80 MCCX20 56.38 51.85 42.20 13.74 9.49 19.80.5 TXV D E.75 (MPT) Condensate Drain Connection (Both Ends) 1 F C B A Mounting Notches Drain Pan Figure 2 312

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONVERTING COIL HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 3 1. Remove the eleven screws that attach the top to the fan coil assembly and remove the top. This will allow you to access the electric heaters. Figure 3 2. Remove the eight screws that hold the coil into the fan coil frame assembly. Four screws per side. Figure 4 3 Slide the coil out of the fan coil frame assembly toward the coil supply and return line connections. Ensure that care is taken when removing and inserting the coil not to damage the coil fins. Insert the coil into the fan coil frame assembly from the other end and reverse procedures 3 & 4 to reassemble the fan coil. Figure 5 Figure 4 Figure 5 313

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons ELECTRICAL & CONDENSATE DRAIN 4. There are four termination points for the electrical wiring. There are two on each side of the electrical box. See page 316 for electrical drawing. Wiring must be installed according to prevailing codes and regulations. The fan coil unit has one condensate drain connection on either side of the drain pan for either left or right hand drain connection. The opposite drain connection not being used must be capped off by the installing contractor. The middle drain connection is the safety condensate drain connection. Ensure that all condensate drain lines have at least one quarter of an inch of fall per foot for proper drainage. Figure 6 DIRECT EXPANSION COIL CONNECTIONS 5. The fan coil unit comes with a Thermal Expansion Valve installed on the DX coil. Ensure that the suction line is insulated all the way to the coil header and the liquid line is insulated from the TXV to the distributor. Left and Right Hand Drain Connections Electrical Terminations Figure 14 Points Safety Drain Connection Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 7 314

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MCCX Fan Coils 4 & 5 Tons MAITENANCE 1. Air Filter(s): Filters are an essential part of the quality of air that is provided to the occupants. Never operate HVAC equipment without filters. Filters help remove dust and unwanted particles from the air stream, helping to keep the space clean. They also keep this debris from collecting on the heat transfer surfaces of the unit thus maintaining optimum equipment efficiency and performance. These filters will be located either in the unit or upstream from the unit in the return air ductwork. Filters must be inspected, cleaned and/or changed routinely. This routine maintenance procedure will allow the unit to continually operate as designed, reduce service expenses and extend equipment/component life. and/or replacements in the event the unit fails to operate or is being serviced. If fuses are used, ensure that the replacement fuses are of the same size and type as the ones you are replacing. It is a good idea to keep replacement fuses of the appropriate size and type on hand. 3. Routine Check Up and Service: This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-annual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, electric heater inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers: This unit must be connected to the buildings electric service in accordance with local/national electrical codes and regulations. These electrical connections will include over current protection in the form of fuses or circuit breakers. Have your contractor identify/label the circuits and the location of them so that you may be in a position to make inspections 315

MHCCX Without Electric Heat Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 316

MCCX CERTIFIED DRAWING 317

MHNCCX DX with Hot Water Heat Ceiling Concealed 4-Pipe Heat / Cool Fan Coil 12,000-36,000 BTUH 318

MHNCCX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN 4-Pipe Heat/Cool Ceiling Concealed Fan Coil MHNCCW- XX - XX Ceiling Concealed 4-Pipe DX Cool/HW Heat Voltage 01= 208/230-1-50/60 03= 120-1-50/60 Nominal Tons 04 = 1 Ton 06 = 1.5 Ton 08 = 2 Ton 10 = 2.5 Ton 12 = 3 Ton Available Model Numbers MHNCCX-04-01 MHNCCX-06-01 MHNCCX-08-01 MHNCCX-10-01 MHNCCX-12-01 MHNCCX-04-03 MHNCCX-06-03 MHNCCX-08-03 MHNCCX-10-03 MHNCCX-12-03 319

HVAC Guide Specifications Direct Expansion and Hot Water Fan Coil 4-Pipe Nominal Size: 12,000 36,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MHNCCX04 MHNCCX06 MHNCCX08 MHNCCX10 MHNCCX12 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua DX and Chilled Water Fan Coils are manufactured with heavy gauge galvanized steel to resist corrosion. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested DX and hot water fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with heavy gauge galvanized steel. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of heavy gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked polyester powder. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 115-1-50/60 and 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are forward curved and dynamically balanced. E. Water Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Contain both a manual water drain and manual air bleed port per coil. 3. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. F. Direct Expansion Coil: 1. Manufactured with water coils containing 3/8 copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Will contain a thermal expansion valve. 3. Coils shall be tested to 350 psig. 4. Coils shall be capable of being field converted from right to left hand connection. 320

G. Drain Pan: a. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. b. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. c. Pans shall contain a left and right hand primary sloped drain connection as well as a sloped right hand secondary drain connection. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. All components shall be wired to an internal terminal block to allow for a field installed thermostat and or fan speed control. C. Controls shall include the following components. 1. 24vac transformer. 2. Fan relays. 3. Optional thermostats. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Primary electrical power supply shall enter the unit at a single location. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. D. Control and high voltage points shall be accessed through terminal block. Part 5- Accessories: 5.01 Enclosures A. Fan coils shall be capable of incorporating enclosures. 1. Enclosures shall be internally insulated to insure quite operation and increase efficiency. 2. Shall include knockouts for ease of piping/ electrical in and out of the enclosures. 3. Shall include an optional return air cutout in the enclosure. 4. Shall include a supply air duct flange. 5. Shall incorporate baked polyester powder service access panels with and without a filter louver. 321

MHNCCX Product Specifications Physical Data Model Number Height (in) Length (in) Depth (in) Weight (lbs) DX Rows FPI H/W Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Liquid Line (in) Suction Line (in) Water Inlet (in) Water Outlet (in) Drain (in) MHNCCX04-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 66.0 2-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHNCCX06-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 68.2 3-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHNCCX08-01(03) 10 37.72 21.65 72.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 MHNCCX10-01(03) 10 43.7 21.65 74.8 4-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 3/4 MHNCCX12-01(03) 10 49.68 21.65 83.6 4-14 2-14 3/8 3/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 3/4 Model Number Nominal CFM Electrical Data Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHNCCX04-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 0.82 1.03 2 400 MHNCCX04-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55.69 2 MHNCCX06-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/8 1.18 1.48 3 600 MHNCCX06-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55.69 2 MHNCCX08-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.43 1.79 4 800 MHNCCX08-03 120-1-60 1/30 0.55.69 2 MHNCCX10-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.63 2.04 4 1000 MHNCCX10-03 120-1-60 1/8 1.80 2.25 4 MHNCCX12-01 208/230-1-50/60 1/4 1.81 2.26 4 1200 MHNCCX12-03 120-1-60 1/4 3.00 3.75 7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 322

MHCCX DX Cooling Performance Data, CFM vs. ESP and Glycol Adjustment Model Number Nominal CFM Nominal Cooling BTUH MHNCCX04-01 400 12,000 MHNCCX04-03 400 12,000 MHNCCX06-01 600 18,000 MHNCCX06-03 600 18,000 MHNCCX08-01 800 24,000 MHNCCX08-03 800 24,000 MHNCCX10-01 1,000 30,000 MHNCCX10-03 1,000 30,000 MHNCCX12-01 1,200 36,000 MHNCCX12-01 1,200 36,000 * Cooling based on 75 % Sensible and 25% Latent: * Fan coils are 13 SEER CFM vs. External Static Pressure Table Model Number External Static Pressure 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 MHNCCX04 397 373 340 320 0 0 MHNCCX06 634 608 578 544 506 463 MHNCCX08 757 723 700 659 621 582 MHNCCX10 943 914 880 846 812 769 MHNCCX12 1228 1194 1160 1126 1088 1050 Propylene Glycol/GPM Adjustment Factors Capacity Ambient Propylene GPM Adjustment Reduction Temp Glycol % = 100% Capacity 26 F 10% x 0.99 x 1.01 20 F 20% x 0.98 x 1.03 8 F 30% x 0.98 x 1.07-5 F 40% x 0.97 x 1.11-28 F 50% x 0.96 x 1.16 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 323

MHNCCX Heating Capacity Adjustment Factors HOT WATER CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTORS MODEL # MHNCCX04 MHNCCX06 MHNCCX08 MHNCCX10 MHNCCX12 CFM TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC TC SC 320 0.88 0.86 350 0.90 0.89 375 0.94 0.93 400 1.00 1.00 425 460 500 0.93 0.92 525 0.95 0.94 550 0.98 0.97 580 1.01 1.02 0.91 0.90 600 1.02 1.03 0.92 0.93 630 1.03 1.04 0.94 0.94 650 0.96 0.97 675 0.98 0.99 700 0.99 0.99 750 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.92 775 0.95 0.93 800 0.96 0.95 850 0.97 0.96 900 0.99 0.98 950 1.00 1.00 1000 1025 1050 0.93 0.93 1100 0.96 0.95 1125 0.97 0.96 1150 0.99 0.98 1200 1.01 1.02 1225 1.03 1.04 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 324

MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 400 MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 11.2 13.8 16.4 19.0 21.6 24.2 26.8 29.4 32.0 34.6 37.2 2.0 3.4 13.4 16.0 18.6 21.2 23.8 26.4 29.0 31.6 34.2 36.8 39.4 3.0 7.0 14.8 17.4 20.0 22.6 25.2 27.8 30.4 33.0 35.6 38.2 40.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 400 MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 8.4 11.0 13.6 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.7 29.4 32.1 34.8 2.0 3.4 10.6 13.3 16.0 18.7 21.4 24.1 26.8 29.5 32.2 34.9 37.6 3.0 7.0 12.0 14.7 17.4 20.1 22.8 25.5 28.2 30.9 33.6 36.3 39.0 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 400 MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 5.8 8.4 11.0 13.6 15.5 18.1 20.0 22.6 24.5 27.1 29.7 2.0 3.4 7.9 10.6 13.4 16.1 18.9 21.6 24.4 27.1 29.9 32.6 35.3 3.0 7.0 8.8 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.0 26.1 28.9 32.0 34.9 37.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 400 MHNCCX-04 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.0 8.4 5.8 8.4 11.0 12.9 15.5 17.4 20.0 21.9 24.5 27.1 2.0 3.4 10.5 8.0 10.8 13.5 16.3 19.0 21.8 24.5 27.3 30.0 32.7 3.0 7.0 12.1 9.0 11.8 14.7 17.6 20.4 23.5 26.3 29.4 32.3 35.2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 325

MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 600 MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 13.1 17.6 22.1 26.6 31.1 35.6 40.1 44.6 49.1 53.6 58.1 2.0 3.7 17.5 21.7 25.9 30.1 34.3 38.5 42.7 46.9 51.1 55.3 59.5 3.0 7.6 19.1 23.3 27.5 31.7 35.9 40.1 44.3 48.5 52.7 56.9 61.4 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 600 MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 12.8 15.4 18.0 20.6 23.2 25.8 28.4 31.0 33.6 36.2 38.8 2.0 3.7 16.2 18.8 21.4 24.0 26.6 29.2 31.8 34.4 37.0 39.6 42.2 3.0 7.6 17.8 20.4 23.0 25.6 28.2 30.8 33.4 36.0 38.6 41.2 43.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 600 MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 7.9 10.5 13.1 15.7 18.3 20.9 23.5 26.1 28.7 31.3 33.9 2.0 3.7 11.7 14.3 16.9 19.5 22.1 24.7 27.3 29.9 32.5 35.1 37.7 3.0 7.6 13.3 15.9 18.5 21.1 23.7 26.3 28.9 31.5 34.1 36.7 39.3 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 600 MHNCCX-06 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1.0 1.1 3.3 5.9 8.5 11.1 13.7 16.3 18.9 21.5 24.1 26.7 29.3 2.0 3.7 7.1 9.7 12.3 14.9 17.5 20.1 22.7 25.3 27.9 30.5 33.1 3.0 7.6 8.7 11.3 13.9 16.5 19.1 21.7 24.3 26.9 29.5 32.1 34.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 326

MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 800 MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 16.8 20.5 24.1 27.7 31.4 35.0 39.0 42.4 46.5 49.7 53.3 3.0 1.1 19.2 22.8 26.4 30.0 34.7 37.2 43.2 48.0 51.6 55.2 58.8 4.0 1.9 20.5 24.2 27.9 31.6 36.7 39.0 45.7 50.1 54.7 57.5 61.2 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 800 MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 13.5 17.2 20.9 24.6 28.2 32.0 35.8 39.4 43.3 46.8 50.5 3.0 1.1 15.8 19.5 23.2 26.9 31.5.34.3 40.0 41.9 48.4 52.8 56.5 4.0 1.9 17.3 21.0 24.7 28.4 33.5 35.8 42.5 46.9 51.5 54.3 58.0 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 800 MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 10.5 14.1 17.7 21.3 25.0 28.5 32.6 35.7 40.1 42.9 46.5 3.0 1.1 12.6 16.3 20.0 23.7 28.3 34.8 36.8 42.2 45.2 49.6 53.3 4.0 1.9 14.1 17.8 21.5 25.2 30.3 32.6 39.3 43.7 48.3 51.1 54.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 800 MHNCCX-08 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.5 7.1 10.8 14.5 18.2 21.8 25.6 29.4 33.0 36.9 40.4 44.1 3.0 1.1 9.4 13.1 16.8 20.5 25.1 27.9 33.6 35.3 42.0 46.4 50.1 4.0 1.9 10.9 14.6 18.3 22.0 27.1 33.1 36.1 40.5 45.1 47.9 51.6 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 327

MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 1000 MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 19.5 23.7 28.0 32.3 36.5 40.7 45.2 49.2 53.9 57.7 62.0 3.0 1.4 23.5 27.8 32.2 36.6 40.9 45.3 50.9 53.9 60.8 62.7 67.0 4.0 2.4 26.1 30.5 34.8 39.2 43.5 47.9 54.2 58.6 64.9 69.4 73.9 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 1000 MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 15.6 19.9 24.3 28.7 32.8 37.4 41.5 46.1 50.2 54.7 59.1 3.0 1.4 19.8 24.2 28.5 32.9 37.2 41.6 47.2 52.2 57.1 62.1 67.0 4.0 2.4 22.4 26.8 31.1 35.5 39.8 44.2 50.5 55.5 61.2 65.4 70.3 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 1000 MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 12.1 16.4 20.6 24.9 29.1 33.4 37.8 41.9 46.5 50.4 54.6 3.0 1.4 16.1 20.5 24.8 29.5 33.5 38.5 43.5 48.4 53.4 58.3 63.2 4.0 2.4 18.7 23.1 27.4 31.8 36.1 41.1 46.8 51.0 57.5 60.9 65.8 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 1000 MHNCCX-10 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 8.4 12.7 16.9 21.3 25.4 29.8 34.1 38.5 42.8 47.2 51.5 3.0 1.4 12.4 16.8 21.1 25.5 29.8 34.2 39.8 42.9 49.7 54.7 59.6 4.0 2.4 15.0 19.4 23.7 28.1 32.4 36.8 43.1 48.1 53.8 58.0 62.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 328

MHNCCX Hot Water Performance Data ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 50 1200 MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 20.0 24.8 29.6 34.4 39.2 44.0 49.0 53.6 58.7 63.2 68.0 3.0 1.5 23.8 28.6 33.4 38.2 44.6 47.8 56.0 61.1 67.3 72.9 78.6 4.0 2.4 26.3 31.1 35.9 40.7 48.0 53.0 60.3 66.3 72.6 78.3 84.3 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 60 1200 MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 16.8 21.6 26.4 31.2 36.0 40.8 45.8 51.4 55.5 60.0 64.8 3.0 1.5 19.0 24.6 30.2 35.8 41.4 47.0 52.8 58.2 64.1 69.4 76.0 4.0 2.4 20.6 26.7 32.7 38.7 44.8 50.9 57.1 62.9 69.4 75.1 81.1 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 70 1200 MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 13.6 18.4 23.2 28.0 32.8 37.6 42.6 47.2 52.3 56.8 61.6 3.0 1.5 15.8 21.4 27.0 32.6 38.2 43.8 49.6 55.0 60.9 66.2 71.8 4.0 2.4 17.4 23.5 29.5 35.6 41.6 47.7 53.9 59.8 66.2 71.8 77.9 ENTERING AIR ( F) NOMINAL CFM 80 1200 MHNCCX-12 HEATING CAPACITIES ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE ( F) GPM WPD 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 2.0 0.7 10.4 15.2 20.0 24.5 29.6 34.4 39.4 44.0 49.1 53.6 58.8 3.0 1.5 12.6 18.2 23.8 29.4 35.0 40.6 46.4 51.8 57.7 63.0 58.6 4.0 2.4 14.2 20.3 26.3 32.4 38.4 44.5 50.7 56.6 63.0 68.7 74.7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 329

330

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and / or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only and into an enclosure assembly. The enclosure assembly can be ordered separately or field fabricated by the installing contractor. See figure 2 for enclosure part numbers, dimensions and weights. See document number 030710001 for enclosure assembly and installation instructions. See figure 3 for fan coil only dimensions. The coil hand of connection is field reversible. See figures 4-6 for converting the coil hand of connection. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (LBS) MHNCCX04 66.0 MHNCCX06 68.2 MHNCCX08 72.6 MHNCCX10 74.8 MHNCCX12 83.6 ENCLOSURE FAN COIL PART NUMBER SIZE Figure 1 ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS (us) Depth Length Height Weight MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 26 MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 30 MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 34 Figure 2 331

INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons FAN COIL DIMENSIONS Fan Coil Model Number A B C D E F MHNCCX04 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCX06 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCX08 37.72 34.56 31.41 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCX10 43.70 40.55 37.40 10.00 5.51 21.65 MHNCCX12 49.68 46.53 43.38 10.00 5.51 21.65.5 Air Vent Hot Water Supply Hot Water Return D E TXV & Liquid Line Coil Drain Suction Line B 1 F.75 (MPT) Condensate Drain Connection (Both Ends) C Mounting Notches A Drain Pan Figure 3 332

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONVERTING COIL HAND OF CONNECTION Figure 4 1. Remove the eleven screws that attach the top to the fan coil assembly and remove the top. Figure 4 2. Remove the sixteen screws that hold the coils into the fan coil frame assembly. Four screws per each side of the coils. Figure 5 3 Slide the coils out of the fan coil frame assembly toward the coil headers. Ensure that care is taken when removing and inserting the coils not to damage the coil fins. Insert the coils into the fan coil frame assembly from the other end and reverse procedures 4 & 5 to reassemble the fan coil. Figure 6 Figure 5 Figure 6 333

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT INTO ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the ten screws that attach the electrical assembly to the fan coil unit. Do not separate the electrical assembly from the blower assembly. These two assemblies will be removed in the next step. Figure 7 Figure 7 2. Remove the five screws attaching the blower assembly to the coil assembly. Separate the electrical and blower assemblies from the coil assembly. Figure 8 3. Insert the coil assembly into the enclosure assembly starting with the discharge air opening of the coil first. Ensure that the discharge of the coil is inserted into the discharge of the enclosure completely. Failure to completely insert the coil discharge will result in recirculation of the discharge air. Figure 9 Figure 8 Figure 9 334

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 4. Align the fan coil mounting bolts up with the four mounting notches provided in the coil assembly top. Secure the coil assembly to the enclosure with two mounting bolts per side. Ensure that the coil assembly is level in both directions to allow proper drainage and operation. Figure 10 5. Reinstall the blower assembly onto the coil assembly using the five screws previously removed in step 2 figure 8. Figure 11 Figure 10 6. Reinstall the electrical assembly onto the coil assembly using the ten screws previously removed in step 1 figure 7. Figure 12 ELECTRICAL, COIL, DRAIN AND RETURN / SUPPLY AIR LOCATIONS Figure 11 7. There are multiple entry points on the factory supplied enclosure assembly for water lines, condensate lines, refrigerant lines and electrical connections. If a non-louvered service access panel is used or if an alternate return air location is required an optional return air cutout is provided. Figure 13 Figure 12 335

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons ELECTRICAL & CONDENSATE DRAIN 8. There are four termination points for the electrical wiring. There are two on each side of the electrical box. See pages 341 & 342 for electrical drawings. Wiring must be installed according to prevailing codes and regulations. The fan coil unit has one condensate drain connection on either side of the drain pan for either left or right hand drain connection. The opposite drain connection not being used must be capped off by the installing contractor. The middle drain connection is the safety condensate drain connection. Ensure that all condensate drain lines have at least one quarter of an inch of fall per foot for proper drainage. Figure 14 COIL CONNECTIONS 9. The fan coil unit comes with a manual air bleed and a manual coil drain fitting on the hot water coil. The water supply line is to be connected to the coil connection furthest away from the fans. The water return line is connected to the coil connection closest to the fans. The DX coil comes with a factory installed TXV. Ensure that the supply / return lines on the water coil, the DX suction line and the DX liquid line after the TXV are insulated per code. Figure 15 Entry Points Typical Both Ends Manual Coil Drain Suction Line Figure 13 Electrical Terminations Figure 14 Points Figure 14 Optional Return Air Cutout Left and Right Hand Drain Connections Manual Coil Air Bleed Figure 15 Figure 15 Safety Drain Connection Water Supply Water Return Liquid Line & TXV 336

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS 10. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to national codes and / or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel. Figure 16 & 17 11. Filters are not supplied with the fan coil unit or the service access panel. The filter(s) must be supplied by the installing contractor. If a louvered service access panel is used the filter will mount on the under side of the hinged access panel. If the optional return air cutout is used it is recommended that a return air filter grille be used that has the same surface area as the recommended filter sizes. Figure 18 Fan Coil Mounting Bolts Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure Supply Duct Flange Optional Return Air Cutout Frame Enclosure Supplied By Installing Contractor Ceiling Hinged Service Access Panel Louvered Panel Shown Return Air Figure 16 Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP) 337

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons SERVICE ACCESS PANEL DIMENSIONS Louvered & Non-Louvered Fan A B C Coil (in) (in) (in) Panel Model Number Size MAP468L (NL) 4 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L (NL) 6 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP468L (NL) 8 43.25 27.5 1.5 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 1.5 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 1.5 A B C (typ) Figure 17 FAN COIL MODEL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) MHNCCX04 18 36 MHNCCX06 18 36 MHNCCX08 18 36 MHNCCX10 18 36 MHNCCX12 2 qty 18 24 Figure 18 338

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons 12. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork. Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange that the screws are at least one and half inches away from the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure assembly when duct work will be installed before the fan coil is installed. Figure 19 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FLANGE Fan A Enclosure Model Number Coil (in) Size B (in) MAP468L(NL) 4 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 6 6 31.75 MAP468L(NL) 8 6 31.75 MAP10L (NL) 10 6 37.75 MAP12L (NL) 12 6 43.75 A B Figure 19 339

INSTALLATION & OPERATION MANUAL MHNCCX Fan Coils 1-3 Tons MAITENANCE 1. Air Filter(s): Filters are an essential part of the quality of air that is provided to the occupants. Never operate HVAC equipment without filters. Filters help remove dust and unwanted particles from the air stream, helping to keep the space clean. They also keep this debris from collecting on the heat transfer surfaces of the unit thus maintaining optimum equipment efficiency and performance. These filters will be located either in the unit or upstream from the unit in the return air ductwork. Filters must be inspected, cleaned and/or changed routinely. This routine maintenance procedure will allow the unit to continually operate as designed, reduce service expenses and extend equipment/component life. and/or replacements in the event the unit fails to operate or is being serviced. If fuses are used, ensure that the replacement fuses are of the same size and type as the ones you are replacing. It is a good idea to keep replacement fuses of the appropriate size and type on hand. 3. Routine Check Up and Service: This product is designed to provide many years of dependable, trouble free comfort when properly maintained. Proper maintenance will consist of routine filter cleanings/changes, bi-annual check ups that include but not limited to filter inspections, inspections /cleaning of the internal electrical and heat transfer components by a qualified service technician. Failure to provide periodic check ups and cleaning can result in excessive operating cost and/or equipment failure. 2. Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers: This unit must be connected to the buildings electric service in accordance with local/national electrical codes and regulations. These electrical connections will include over current protection in the form of fuses or circuit breakers. Have your contractor identify/label the circuits and the location of them so that you may be in a position to make inspections 340

MHNCCX-xx-01 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 341

MHNCCX-xx-03 Wiring Diagram 120-1-50/60 342

MHNCCX CERTIFIED DRAWING 343

MHWX Direct Expansion Hi-Wall Fan Coil Direct Expansion Fan Coil 9,000-36,000 BTUH 344

MHWX NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN Direct Expansion Hi-Wall Fan Coil MHWX- XX - X -1 Hi-Wall Direct Expansion Voltage 1=208/230/-1-50/60 Modes C = DX Cooling Only H = DX Heat Pump Nominal BTUH 09=9,000 12=12,000 18=18,000 24=24,000 36=36,000 Available Model Numbers MHWX-09-C-1 MHWX-12-C-1 MHWX-18-C-1 MHWX-24-C-1 MHWX-36-C-1 MHWX-09-H-1 MHWX-12-H-1 MHWX-18-H-1 MHWX-24-H-1 MHWX-36-H-1 345

HVAC Guide Specifications Direct Expansion Hi-Wall Fan Coil Nominal Size: 9,000 36,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: MHWX-09 MHWX-12 MHWX-18 MHWX-24 MHWX-36 Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua Direct Expansion Fan Coils are manufactured with high impact molded polymers. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled direct expansion fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with high quality. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of high impact polymers. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. 4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced. E. DX Coil: 1. Coils manufactured with 3/8 rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be molded with high impact polymers. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a flexible drain tubing that is accessible from the back of the unit. 346

G. Filters: 1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Shall be capable of heat pump operation. C. Controls shall include a circuit board, room sensor, indoor coil thermistor, transformer and wireless remote. D. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. B. Discharge air sensor. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Unit shall incorporate a three prong male primary electrical power cord. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. 347

MHWX Product Specifications & Capacity Model Number Height (in) Width (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Coil Weight Rows (lbs) FPI Copper Diameter (in) Liquid Line (in) Suction Line (in) MHWX-09 11.70 34.60 7.10 20.00 2-20 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 MHWX-12 12.00 39.00 7.10 22.00 2-14 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 MHWX-18 14.20 46.10 8.10 35.60 2-16 3/8 5/16 1/2 3/4 MHWX-24 14.20 46.10 8.10 37.40 3-17 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 MHWX-36 14.40 57.10 8.50 54.00 3-18 3/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 Drain (in) Electrical Data Model Number Hi Speed CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps MHWX-09-C-01 270 1/50 0.07.09 1 MHWX-12-C-01 330 1/50 0.07.09 1 208/230-1-50/60 MHWX-18-C-01 480 1/20 0.15.19 1 MHWX-24-C-01 600 1/20 0.15.19 1 MHWX-36-C-01 850 1/12 0.26.33 1 Performance Data Model Number CFM Nominal Cooling Capacity MHWX-09-C-1 270 9,000 MHWX-12-C-1 330 12,000 MHWX-18-C-1 480 18,000 MHWX-24-C-1 600 24,000 MHWX-36-C-1 850 36,000 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 348

\ 349

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000-36,000 BTUH -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only. See figure 2 for fan coil and mounting plate dimensions. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs) MHWX-09-C-1 20.00 MHWX-12-C-1 22.00 MHWX-18-C-1 35.60 MHWX-24-C-1 37.40 MHWX-36-C-1 54.00 Figure 1 350

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000-36,000 BTUH Fan Coil Model Number FAN COIL AND MOUNTING PLATE DIMENSIONS (in) A B C D E F G H I J K Field Supplied Hole L Field Supplied Hole MHWX-09 34.6 11.7 7.5 7.5 3.5 2.7 1.6 0.8 1.8 0.8 2.8 2.8 MHWX-12 39.0 12.0 7.5 7.5 3.6 2.7 1.5 1.1 1.7 1.0 2.8 2.8 MHWX-18 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8 MHWX-24 46.0 14.2 3.8 3.8 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.7 2.4 1.8 2.8 2.8 MHWX-36 57.1 14.4 4.0 4.0 6.1 2.8 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.8 2.8 2.8 A C D B Mounting Plate H G K E F L I J Figure 2 351

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING PLATE Figure 3 1. After a suitable place for installation has been selected, place the mounting plate horizontally on the wall. Make sure the alignment is horizontal. Use a plumb line if available. Mark on the wall where the mounting holes will be drilled. Figure 3 2. Drill the holes for the type of mounting hardware to be used. Check local building codes for correct mounting hardware. Secure the mounting plate and check for stiffness. Figure 4 3 Drill a diagonal piping access hole (2.75 ) in diameter on both sides of the mounting bracket. Refer to figure 2 for field supplied hole locations Figure 4 4. Check local and national codes for piping access wall penetrations. See figure 5 if wall sleeves are required. Figure 5 Figure 5 352

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT ONTO MOUNTING PLATE 1. Route the fan coil piping, electrical, condenser control wires and/or flexible drain hose through either of the 2.75 previously drilled holes in step 3 figure 4. Ensure that the piping is insulated per local and national codes. Improper insulation could result in voided warranty and/or building damage. Figure 6 Figure 6 2. There is a piping channel in the bottom portion of the back of the units for crossover piping, drain, condenser control wires and/or electrical. Figure 7 Figure 7 3. The TXV can be installed at the unit or condenser. Ensure that the liquid is insulated completely if the TXV is installed at the condenser. 4. Figure 8 depicts (from the back of the unit) the 24 vac condenser control wires on the left and the 220 vac power cord on the right. These can be routed to either the right or left hand side of the fan coil. Figure 8 Figure 8 353

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING FAN COIL UNIT ONTO MOUNTING PLATE 4. Ensure that the drain tubing is installed with at least 1/4 per foot of downward slope. 5. Secure the fan coil to the mounting plate by first sliding the fan coil onto the two notches provided on the mounting plate. Figure 9 & 10 Figure 9 6. Push the bottom of the fan coil towards the wall in order to engage the locking clips. Figure 11 7. Connect the refrigerant lines and pressure test lines to make sure there are no leaks. 8. Connect the condensate drain hose. Make certain that the drain has no traps or dips in the line that would impede drainage. Figure 10 9. Carefully seal any wall penetrations per local and national codes. Figure 11 354

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWW Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE Wireless Control: Standard Control Package (Page 355) Optional Wired Control: EG-003 (Page 361) 355

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE Wireless Control: Name and function of remote controller Note: Be sure there are no obstructions between receiver and remote controller. The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 21 feet. Do not throw or drop the remote controller. Do not put any liquid in the remote controller and do not put it in direct sunlight or any place where it is very hot. Remove batteries when the remote controller is not in use for extended periods of time. The remote controller should be placed 3 or more feet away from any electric appliance. LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER: INDICATOR LIGHTS REMOTE SETTING FUNCTION RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY RED-OFF DRY HUMIDITY CONTROL,NO FAN RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL DEPENDENT ON ROOM TEMP & SET TEMP RED-ORANGE ALERT FAN COIL WAITING FOR LAT TO REACH PROPER TEMPERATURE NECESSARY TO SATISFY SET POINT 356

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE FUNCTION 1. TRANSMISSION SOURCE - Infra red transmission source 2. POWER - Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa. (Red LED left will light to indicate the control is on) 3. MODE - To select desired operation mode. It will switch from one to another as shown. COOL - Cooling operation. DRY - Humidity control. HEAT - Heating operation. FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability. AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and COOL mode, depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature. 4. FAN - To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below. - When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will run at the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low). - If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low speed until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at which point the fan will return to auto speed control Fan Speed Sequence 357

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE FUNCTION 5. TEMPERATURE SETTING - Press to increase set temperature. - Press to decrease set temperature. - Press and Simultaneously to toggle between C and F display mode. - Temperature range: 16 C to 30 C in C display mode and 60 F to 86 F in F display mode. 6. DELAY TIMER SETTING - The delay timer is capable of delaying both on and off functions. The delay feature will take affect in all modes with the exception of the sleep mode. Each time the and is pressed it increases or decreases the On or OFF set point by 1 hour; up to a maximum of 18 hours. To set the OFF DELAY: With the system in operation, enter the system OFF time by pressing the button to the desired number of hours ahead that the system will be allowed to run. When the number of hours entered has elapsed the system will turn off. To set the ON DELAY: - Set the on delay by entering the desired mode of operation (fan, heat, cool and the appropriate temperature. This will be the settings the system will follow when operation resumes. After setting the mode and any applicable temperature with the control, turn the remote off. Now enter the number of hours to elapse before operation resumes by pressing the button on the remote to the desired number. When the time (in hours) entered has elapsed the system will resume operation according to the pre-set mode and temperature. 358

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE 7. CANCEL - To cancel any setting on the delay timer. 8. LOUVER - Two different functions are available: 1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as follows. 2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows. 9. SLEEP - This function when selected will allow the user to determine a sleep period. In cooling the selected temperature will rise to 1 above set point in 1/2 hour, rising to 2 in 1 hour, rising again to 4 after 2 hours of the SLEEP CYCLE. SLEEP FUNCTION DISPLAY 10. DRY - This function operates to control humidity within a conditioned space. It measures the difference between set point and the actual room temperature. An algorithm determines how far above set point the actual room temperature is to set point temperature and selects periods of condenser operation and low fan operation. The greater the difference between room temperature and set point temperature prompts greater run time with less temperature. With less temperature differences, periods of fan and condenser operation are called for in varying increments as determined by the difference. In this mode (low speed) fan operation will start 30 seconds after condenser has started and stops 30 seconds after condenser has stopped. 359

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE 11. AUTO - This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and cooling operation. If the present auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7 below selected control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation will begin only when the room temperature is 3 above selected control set point. 12. TRANSMISSION INDICATOR - Blinks twice to indicate that transmission has taken place between remote and receiver. - Beeps indicate fan coil acknowledging receipt of transmission. TRANSMISSION INDICATOR 13. HOW TO INSERT BATTERIES 1. Remove the battery cover from the back of the remote 2. Insert the (2) AAA batteries. Ensure that the polarity of the batteries is as shown inside of the battery compartment. 3. Re-attach the battery compartment cover. 360

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE Optional Wired Control: EG-003 LED MODE INDICATOR FOR REMOTE CONTROLLER: INDICATOR LIGHTS SETTING FUNCTION RED-GREEN COOL COOLING OPERATION ONLY RED-RED HEAT HEATING OPERATION ONLY RED-BLINKING AUTO AUTO SELECTION BETWEEN HEAT & COOL RED-OFF FAN FAN OPERATION ONLY 1. POWER - Press to turn the fan coil on and off or vice versa. 2. MODE - To select desired operation mode. It will switch from one to another as shown. COOL - Cooling operation. HEAT - Heating operation. FAN - Fan only. No cooling or heating capability. AUTO - Operation mode will be selected automatically between HEAT and COOL mode, depending upon the room temperature and SET temperature. 3. FAN - - To select fan speed. It will switch from one to another as shown below. - When the system temperature sensor is not calling for cool or heat the fan will run at the speed previously entered in fan mode selection (high, medium or low). - If auto was the previously entered fan speed in cooling: The fan will run at low speed until the temperature sensor calls for either heating or cooling at which point the fan will return to auto speed control Fan Speed Sequence 361

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL MHWX Hi-Wall Fan Coils 9,000 36,000 BTUH MHWX CONTROLS OPERATION GUIDE FUNCTION 4. TEMPERATURE SETTING - Press to increase set temperature. - Press to decrease set temperature. - Press and Simultaneously to toggle between C and F display mode. - Temperature range: 16 C to 30 C in C display mode and 60 F to 86 F in F display mode. 5. CANCEL - To cancel any setting on the delay timer. 6. LOUVER - Two different functions are available: 1. To set the louver stop position. There are 4 angles available. The sequence is as follows. 2. To set the louver swing (continuous motion). The sequence is as follows. 7. AUTO - This function will automatically control the system switching between heating and cooling operation. If the present auto mode is cooling, a switch to heating operation will begin only if the actual room temperature is 7 below selected control set point. If the present auto mode is heating, a switch to cooling operation will begin only when the room temperature is 3 above selected control set point. 362

MHWX-09-H-1 & MHWX-12-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 363

MHWX-18-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 364

MHWX-24-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 365

MHWX-36-H-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 366

MHWX-09-C-1 & MHWX-12-C-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 367

MHWX-18-C-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-01-50/60 368

MHWX-24-C-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 369

MHWX-36-C-1 Wiring Diagram 208/230-1-50/60 370

MHWX CERTIFIED DRAWING 371

FSFCA Direct Expansion Universal Mount Fan Coil Direct Expansion Fan Coil 12,000-60,000 BTUH 372

FSFCA NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN Direct Expansion Universal Mount Fan Coil FSFCA- XX - 1 - U Universal Mount Direct Expansion Control Option 24 vac Ready Voltage 208/230/-1-50/60 Nominal Tons 04 = 1 Ton 06 = 1.5 Ton 08 = 2 Ton 12 = 3 Ton 16 = 4 Ton 20 = 5 Ton Available Model Numbers FSFCA-04-1-U FSFCA-06-1-U FSFCA-08-1-U FSFCA-12-1-U FSFCA-16-1-U FSFCA-20-1-U 373

HVAC Guide Specifications Direct Expansion Universal Mount Fan Coil Nominal Size: 12,000 60,000 BTUH Multiaqua Model Number: FSFCA-04-1-U FSFCA-06-1-U FSFCA-08-1-U FSFCA-12-1-U FSFCA-16-1-U FSFCA-20-1-U Part 1-General 1.01 System Description Multiaqua direct expansion fan coils are manufactured with galvanized steel and high impact molded polymers. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Certified in accordance with U.L. Standard 95, latest version (U.S.A.) B. Manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9002, Manufacturing Quality Standard. C. Fully load tested at the factory. D. Damage resistant packaging. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Packaged and readied for shipment from the factory. B. Controls shall be capable of withstanding 150 F storage temperatures in the control compartment. C. Stored and handled per manufacturer s recommendations. Part 2-Product 2.01 Equipment A. General: 1. Unit shall be a factory assembled and tested direct expansion fan coil. 2. Shall be assembled with high quality. 3. Contained with the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, associated controls and special accessories required prior to start up. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Composed of high impact polymers. 2. Shall be internally insulated to insure quiet operation. C. Fan Motors: 1. Shall be available in 208/230-1-50/60 vac. 1. Fan motors shall be three speed, direct drive, and PSC type. 2. Totally enclosed. 3. Internal overload protected. 4. Unit shall contain a swing motor to modulate the discharge air. D. Blower Wheels: 1. Blower wheels are tangential and dynamically balanced. E. DX Coil: 1. Coils manufactured with 3/8 rifled copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. 2. Coils shall be factory tested to 350 psig. F. Drain Pan: 1. All drain pans shall be coated on both the interior and exterior with baked polyester powder to resist corrosion. 2. The exterior of all drain pans shall be insulated with closed cell to prevent condensation. 3. Pans shall contain a drain tubing that is accessible from the back, bottom and side of the unit. 374

G. Filters: 1. Unit shall contain 65% washable filters. Part 3-Controls and Safeties 3.01 Controls A. Fan coils shall be completely factory wired and tested. B. Unit shall include a terminal block that is capable of incorporating a 24 vac thermostat. C. Controls shall be capable of incorporating an optional hard-wired thermostat. 3.02 Safeties: A. Fan coil shall contain a non reusable fuse on the secondary voltage side of the transformer. Part 4-Operating Characteristics: 4.01 Electrical Requirements A. Electrical shall include a terminal block. B. Electrical power supply shall be rated to withstand 120 F operating ambient temperatures. 375

FSFCA Product Specifications & Capacity Model Number Height (in) Width (in) Depth (in) Physical Data Weight (lbs) Coil Rows FPI Copper Diameter (in) Liquid Line (in) Suction Line (in) FSFCA-04-1-U 25.72 38.32 9.20 88.00 2-13 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 FSFCA-06-1-U 25.72 38.32 9.20 90.20 3-13 3/8 3/8 5/8 1/2 FSFCA-08-1-U 25.72 38.32 9.20 96.80 4-13 3/8 3/8 5/8 1/2 FSFCA-12-1-U 25.72 62.32 9.20 143.00 3-13 3/8 3/8 5/8 1/2 FSFCA-16-1-U 25.72 74.32 9.20 154.00 3-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2 FSFCA-20-1-U 25.72 74.32 9.20 156.20 4-14 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2 Model Number Hi Speed CFM Volts/ Phase/ Hertz Electrical Data Motor HP Full Load Ampacity Fuse or HACR Circuit Breaker Per Circuit Minimum Amps Maximum Amps FSFCA-04-1-U 400 1/15 0.54.68 2 FSFCA-06-1-U 500 1/15 0.54.68 2 FSFCA-08-1-U 550 1/8 1.59 1.99 3 FSFCA-12-1-U 750 1/8 & 1/20 2.09 2.49 4 FSFCA-16-1-U 1150 1/8 x 2 3.18 3.58 5 FSFCA-20-1-U 1200 1/8 x 2 3.18 3.58 5 208/230-1-50/60 Drain (in) Performance Data Model Number CFM Nominal Cooling Capacity FSFCA-04-1-U 400 12,000 FSFCA-06-1-U 500 18,000 FSFCA-08-1-U 550 24,000 FSFCA-12-1-U 750 36,000 FSFCA-16-1-U 1150 48,000 FSFCA-20-1-U 1200 60,000 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 376

377

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000-60,000 BTUH -------------------------------------- CAUTION -------------------------------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning installation. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installed contradictory to any code requirement or installation instructions. The components of this fan coil have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with national codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with national codes and/or prevailing local codes and regulations. Care must be taken to ensure the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and/or condensate removal. Before the installation ensure the structural strength of the supporting members is sufficient. See figure 1 for hanging weights of the fan coils. This unit is designed to be installed in a horizontal or vertical configuration. Fan coil can be mounted on a wall or ceiling. See figure 2 for fan coil and mounting bracket dimensions. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED MODEL NUMBER WEIGHTS (lbs) FSFCA-04-1-U 88.00 FSFCA-06-1-U 90.20 FSFCA-08-1-U 96.80 FSFCA-12-1-U 143.00 FSFCA-16-1-U 154.00 FSFCA-20-1-U 256.20 Figure 1 378

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coil 12,000-60,000 BTUH FSFCA Mounting Bracket Dimensions (in) Model Number A B FSFCA-04-1-U 36.49 13.00 FSFCA-06-1-U 36.49 13.00 FSFCA-08-1-U 36.49 13.00 FSFCA-12-1-U 48.30 13.00 FSFCA-16-1-U 71.97 13.00 FSFCA-20-1-U 71.97 13.00 A BACK B typ Figure 2 379

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000 60,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING BRACKETS AND UNIT 1. The unit should be installed for horizontal and vertical discharge applications only. Figure 3 2. Select position for unit and define direction of DX piping, drain and electrical wiring. Access to the above can be obtained from the right hand side bottom, back and side. See page 355 for access dimensions. Figure 3, 4 and 5 3. Remove mounting brackets from both sides of unit. Figure 4 Figure 6 4. Prepare mounting bolts for mounting unit under ceiling or on a wall at the distance provided in figure 2. 5. Select a location that permits even air flow throughoput the room. 6. Select a location that has enough service space when the unit is mounted under the ceiling or on the wall Figure 5 380

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000 60,000 BTUH Piping Locations 381

INSTALLATION & OPERATING MANUAL FSFCA Universal Mount Fan Coils 12,000 60,000 BTUH -------- CAUTION ------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING BRACKETS AND UNIT 7. Carefully place fan coil into place and align mounting holes in fan coil to the holes in the mounting bracket. Typical both sides. Figure 6 Figure 6 8. Connections to the indoor unit are flared connections for both the liquid and suction lines to the fan coil. Figure 7 9. Ensure tubing and fittings are in line with another before tightening nut to allow concentric seating of tube onto flare nut as to prevent leakage. Figure 7 10. If installing a TXV at the condenser, ensure that the liquid line is properly insulated. 11. Connect the field drain line to the clear drain tubing provided on the drain pan of the fan coil. Ensure the drain line has a ¼ of fall per foot. Insulate the condensate drain line to prevent sweating. Figure 8 382

FSFCA-xx-1-U Wiring Diagram 208/230/-1-50/60 383

FSFCA CERTIFIED DRAWING 384

20 Gallon Liquid Solution Storage Tank MA X SHIPPING DIMENSIONS (in) MODEL # GALLONS (psig) WEIGHT A B C WX202H 20 75 34 lbs 15 3/8 31 5/8 13 5/8 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 385

42 Gallon Liquid Solution Storage Tank DIMENSIONS (in) MODEL # GA LLONS MA X SHIPPING (psig) WEIGHT A B C WX422H 42 75 59 lbs 20 36 17.8 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 386

Expansion Tank and Air-Purge The FILL-TROL unit is a combination air purge and pressurized expansion tank. The tank is prepressurized, diaphragm-type with 12 (psig) air charge. MODEL # GALLONS MA X SHIPPING (psig) Weight DIMENSIONS (in) HEIGHT DIA METER 1500/1 2 100 6 12.5 8.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 387

Bypass Control Valve The Honeywell bypass valve controls liquid solution system pressure. It Installs between the supply and return lines without the need of electrical hookup. Desired pressure is controlled by turning the regulating handle. The differential pressure indicator shows the pump head available to the system. Model Temperature Pressure Capacities Size Number Rating Rating Max GPM D146M1032 3/4" FNPT 230 85 psi 18 D146M1040 1 1/4" FNPT 230 85 psi 50 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 388

2-Way Motorized Zone Valves The Honeywell PowerTrack motorized zone valves are available in 2-way configuration only. They are available with inlet and outlet sizes of.5,.75 & 1 FNPT. Each zone valve has an internal auxiliary switch. Model Temperature Pressure Max. Shut-off Size Number Rating Rating Pressure CV MZV524E-T.5" FNPT 240 125 psi 20 psi 5.8 MZV525E-T.75" FNPT 240 125 psi 20 psi 5.8 MZV526E-T 1" FNPT 240 125 psi 17.5 psi 7 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 389

3-Way Motorized Zone Valves The Erie Pop Top motorized zone valves are available in 3-way configuration only. They are available with inlet and outlet sizes of.5 &.75 sweat. Model Temp Pressure Max. Shut-off Size Number Rating Rating Pressure CV VT3212G13A020.5" Sweat 200 125 psi 40 psi 3.0 VT3315G13A020.75" Sweat 200 125 psi 40 psi 3.0 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 390

Condensate Pump The Sauermann condensate pump consists of a pump unit and a remote detection unit fitted with a 3 level float (on/off/alarm). The alarm contact (N/C) automatically cuts off the condensing unit control voltage or a solenoid valve. Thermal protection 194 F on the pump coil. Model Max Max Max Discharge Voltage Number Flow Suction (hd) (hd) S13100-SIUS23 208/230/-1 2.64 gpm 9.84 19.69 hd These specifications are subject to change without notice. 391

Multiaqua Thermostat The Multiaqua thermostat is designed to be used with the MHCCW, MHNCCW and MCCW, line of ceiling concealed fan coils. This thermostat will control the temperature as well as the fan speed(s). Model Number Voltage W idth Height RAB30 24 VAC 3.80 (in) 4.45 (in) These specifications are subject to change without notice. 392

Erie Line Voltage Thermostat The Erie line voltage thermostat is designed to be used with the MHCCW, MHNCCW and MCCW line of ceiling concealed fan coils. This thermostat will control the temperature as well as the fan speed(s). Model Number Voltage Width Height T513 120/208-230 3.25 (in) 5.25 (in) These specifications are subject to change without notice. 393

Wireless Thermostat The wireless 24vac thermostat is designed to be used with the CFFWA & FSFCA WITH U control option, CWA2/CWA4 and the line of ceiling concealed fan coils with limited fan wiring changes. This wall mounted thermostat comes with a remote control that will control the up/down of the temperature as well as on/off functions. Model Number Voltage Width Height AR7821 24 vac 5.5 (in) 3.75 (in) These specifications are subject to change without notice. 394

Wye Strainer The brass Wye Strainer is constructed of solid brass and comes with each chiller. Also included is a 1.25 x 3 brass nipple. The Wye Strainer is to be installed in the liquid solution return line. Construction Inlet/Outlet Length FNPT FNPT Brass 1.25 (in) 5.00 (in) These specifications are subject to change without notice. 395

Circulating Pumps The Gould MCS Series are end suction centrifugal pumps. The liquid solution handling parts are constructed out of AISI 304 and 316L stainless steel for corrosion resistance. The casing is stainless steel construction with NPT threaded connections. The casing also contains easily accessible vent, prime and drain connections with stainless steel plugs. The motor is open drip proof and has a totally enclosed fan cooled enclosure. Rugged ball bearing design for continuous duty under all operating conditions. 120/208/230/-1-60 Max Model HP Amps Number 120 vac 208 230 1MS1E4CO 1 15 8.3 7.5 1MS1F4BO 1.5 20 11 10 1MS1G4AO 2 22.8 11.7 11.4 208/230/460-3-60 Model HP Amps Number 208 vac 230 vac 460 vac 1MS1E5CO 1 4.2 4 2 1MS1F5BO 1.5 5.6 5.2 2.6 1MS1G2AO 2 6.8 6.6 3.3 Pressure Rating 75 psi These specifications are subject to change without notice. 396

Pump Model Numbers: 1MS1E4CO, 1MS1F4BO, 1MS1G4AO, 1MS1E5CO, 1MS1F5BO, 1MS1G2AO These specifications are subject to change without notice. 397

Circulating Pumps The American Stainless Pumps are end suction centrifugal pumps. The liquid solution handling parts are constructed out of AISI 304 and 316L stainless steel for corrosion resistance. The casing is stainless steel construction with NPT threaded connections. The casing also contains an easily accessible stainless steel drain plug. The motor is open drip proof and has a totally enclosed fan cooled enclosure. Rugged ball bearings design for continuous duty under all operating conditions. 120/208/230/-1-60 Max Model HP Amps Pressure Number 120 vac 208 230 Rating SSP-1 0.5 7.4 3.7 3.5 208/230/460-3-60 Model HP Amps 75 psi Number 208 vac 230 vac 460 vac SSP-2 0.5 2 1.8 0.9 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 398

Pump Model Numbers: SSP-1 & SSP-2 These specifications are subject to change without notice. 399

ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MPE468 (L/NL), MPE10 (L/NL), MPE12 (L/NL) CEILING CONCEALED FAN COIL ENCLOSURE 400

MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL) Enclosure Assembly Instructions Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1-3 Tons This product is designed and manufactured to permit installation in accordance with National Codes. It is the installer s responsibility to install the product in accordance with National Codes and / or prevailing local codes and regulations. Multiaqua assumes no responsibility for equipment installation contrary to any code requirement or installation instructions. Pre-Assembly Checklist (1) Left & Right Hand Panel (2) Front Discharge Panel (3) Top/Back Panel (4) Hinged Service Access Door ------- CAUTION -------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Read the entire contents of this manual before beginning assembly The components of this enclosure have been inspected at the factory and readied for shipment. Upon receiving the shipment a visual inspection of the packaging must be performed. If any damage to the packaging is discovered, an inspection of the components must be performed and noted on the delivery documents. If component damage is found a damage claim must be filed by the receiving party against the delivery party immediately. (1) Left and Right Side Panels (2) Front Discharge Panel For approximate hanging weights (3) Top/Back Panel (4) Hinged Service Access Panel refer to figure 11. OPTIONAL 401

MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL) Enclosure Assembly Instructions Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -------- CAUTION -------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. GENERAL Filters are not provided with the unit or enclosure and must be provided by the installing contractor. Refer to figure 12 for recommended filter sizes. For enclosure part numbers and dimensions refer to figure 13. For service access panel dimensions refer to figure 14. All screws and bolts for assembly are provided. Figure 1 ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1. Position the top/back panel on a smooth, flat surface with the insulation side of panel facing upward. Figure 1. 2. Fold up the short end (back panel) of the top/back panel to allow for the assembly of the two side panels. Figure 2. 3. Attach the short end of the each side panel by attaching it to the folded up back panel with two screws on each panel. Ensure that the arrow on both side panels is facing away from the folded up back panel. Figure 3. Figure 2 Figure 3 402

MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL) Enclosure Assembly Instructions Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1-3 Tons ------- CAUTION -------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 4. Rotate the enclosure onto the back panel in order to attach the front discharge panel. Figure 4. Figure 4 5. Position the front discharge panel on top of the two side panels and attach with two screws per side. Ensure that the discharge panel opening is closer to the top panel. Figure 5 6. Fold the top panel and secure it to the two side panels using three screws per side and to the front discharge panel using four screws. Figure 6 Figure 5 Figure 6 403

MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL) Enclosure Assembly Instructions Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1-3 Tons -----------------CAUTION------------------ These units are designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only. Care must be taken to ensure of the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and drain facilitation. ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION 7. Cut away insulation from the inside of the top panel to allow the installation of the fan coil mounting bolts. Figure 7 & 8 8. From the inside of the top panel, insert two mounting bolts (hex head first) into each side of the mounting track. Ensure that each bolt moves freely in both directions. Figure 8 9. Locate the four mounting holes on the top panel of the enclosure. Raise the enclosure to the selected mounting area and secure with an adequate mounting method. Ensure that the enclosure is level in both directions to allow for proper condensate removal and/or operation. Figure 9 Outside Figure 7 Inside Figure 8 Mounting Means 2 per side Figure 9 404

MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL) Enclosure Assembly Instructions Ceiling Concealed Fan Coils 1-3 Tons ------------------CAUTION----------------- These units are designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only. Care must be taken to ensure of the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and drain facilitation. ------------------ CAUTION ---------------- Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR CONNECTIONS 10. The fan coil enclosure assembly has a supply air duct flange to allow the attachment of ductwork. Ensure when attaching ductwork to the flange, that the screws are at least one and half inches away from the front of the enclosure. This is to allow proper insertion of the fan coil assembly into the enclosure assembly. When mounting the service access panel, louvered or non-louvered, the installing contractor must provide a frame in order to connect the enclosure assembly to the service access panel. This is required to obtain an airtight seal for the return air. Ensure that the material used for the frame adheres to national codes and/or local codes and regulations. Care must be taken when installing the service access panel to ensure the opening of the hinged service panel. Figure 10 Fan Coil Mounting Bolts Typical All Four Corners Fan Coil Enclosure Supply Duct Flange Optional Return Air Cutout Frame Enclosure Supplied By Others Ceiling Hinged Service Access Panel Return Air Panel Mounting Screw ( TYP) Figure 10 405

MPE468(L/NL), MPE10(L/NL), MPE12(L/NL) Enclosure Assembly Instructions Ceiling Cocealed Fan Coils 1-3 Tons --------------CAUTION--------------- These units are designed to be installed in a horizontal configuration only. Care must be taken to ensure of the structural integrity of the supporting members, clearances and provisions for servicing, power supply, coil connections and drain facilitation. ------------------ CAUTION ------------------ Care must be taken when handling sheet metal. Sheet metal parts have sharp edges and could cause injury. FAN COIL APPROXIMATED WEIGHTS MODEL NUMBER (KG) (LBS) MHCCW(X)04 30.00 66.0 MHCCW(X)06 31.00 68.2 MHCCW(X)08 33.00 72.6 MHCCW(X)10 34.00 74.8 MHCCW(X)12 38.00 83.6 ENCLOSURE FAN COIL Dimensions in PART NUMBER SIZE Depth Length Height MPE468 4 32.75 39.75 11.00 MPE468 6 32.75 39.75 11.00 MPE468 8 32.75 39.75 11.00 MPE10 10 32.75 45.75 11.00 MPE12 12 32.75 51.75 11.00 Figure 11 Figure 13 FAN COIL RECOMMENDED FILTER SIZES MODEL NUMBER Width (in) Length (in) MHCCW(X)04 18 36 MHCCW(X)06 18 36 MHCCW(X)08 18 36 MHCCW(X)10 18 36 MHCCW(X)12 2 qty 18 24 Figure 12 LOUVERED & NON-LOUVERED SERVICE ACCESS PANEL PANEL MODEL FAN COIL LENGTH WIDTH NUMBER SIZE (in) (in) MAP468L (NL) 4 43.25 27.5 MAP468L (NL) 6 43.25 27.5 MAP468L (NL) 8 43.25 27.5 MAP10L (NL) 10 49.25 27.5 MAP12L (NL) 12 55.25 27.5 Figure 14 406

Sample Piping Configurations These specifications are subject to change without notice. 407

Banked Chiller Configuration These specifications are subject to change without notice. 408

LIMITED WARRANTY INFORMATION AND REGISTRATION This warranty is extended by Multiaqua, Inc. (hereafter referred to as MAI) to the final purchaser. MAI warrants its products to be free of defects in materials and workmanship at the time of original purchase and for subsequent periods of time as described below. Multiaqua MAC & MACH Chiller parts are warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for up to 12 months from the date of installation. The compressor is warranted for 5 years from the date of installation. The heat exchanger is warranted for 5 years from the date of installation Multiaqua MHCCW, MHNCCW, MCCW, MHWW, CFFWA, CWA2, CWA4, MHCCX, MHNCCX, MCCX, FSFCA and MHWX fan coil parts are warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for up to 12 months from the date of installation. Multiaqua accessories-valves, storage tanks, expansion tank, pumps, control valves, bypass valve, wye strainer, condensate pump, thermostats and controls are warranted to be free from manufacturing defects for up to 12 months from the date of installation. If during the period of warranty, the products listed prove defective under normal use and service due to improper materials workmanship as determined by MAI, the company will at its sole discretion, repair or replace the defective part or component. Conditions In the event MAI repairs or replaces a part or component, the repaired or replaced product shall be warranted under the original limited warranty for the remainder of the original warranty period. The warranty does not cover any failure of components not supplied by MAI, nor does it cover failure of any part due to misuse (including neglect, improper installation, repair alteration, modification or adjustment). Damage caused by freezing, corrosion and fouling is not covered under this warranty. There are no other express warranties, whether written or oral other than this printed limited warranty. All implied warranties, including without limitation the implied or merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, are limited to the duration of this limited warranty. In no way shall the company be liable for incidental or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits or commercial loss, to the full extent those damages can be disclaimed by law.

Chilled Water Air Conditioning Systems THINK WATER! Multiaqua, Inc. 306 Hagood Street Easley, SC. 29640 Phone (864) 850-8990 Fax (864) 850-8995 www.multiaqua.com